QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

Commission File Number 1-14667

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Washington
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  91-1653725
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

98101
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 461-2000


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Litigation Tracking Warrants™   NASDAQ

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý No  o .

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ý No  o .

        The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2003:

Common Stock—$37,362,586,793 (1)

(1)  Does not include any value attributable to 17,100,000 shares held in escrow.

        The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's classes of common stock as of February 27, 2004:

Common Stock—868,397,759 (2)

(2)  Includes 6,000,000 shares held in escrow.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

        Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 20, 2004, are incorporated by reference into Part III.





WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2003 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I   1
  Item 1.   Business   1
        Overview   1
        Business Segments   1
        Available Information   4
        Employees   5
        Factors That May Affect Future Results   5
        Taxation   7
        Environmental Regulation   7
        Regulation and Supervision   8
        Executive Officers   12
  Item 2.   Properties   14
  Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   15
  Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   15
PART II   15
  Item 5.   Market for our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters   15
  Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   23
  Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   16
        Controls and Procedures   16
        Overview   16
        Critical Accounting Policies   18
        Recently Issued Accounting Standards   21
        Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data   23
        Ratios and Other Supplemental Data   24
        Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations   25
        Review of Financial Condition   35
        Operating Segments   38
        Off-Balance Sheet Activities   44
        Asset Quality   45
        Liquidity   54
        Capital Adequacy   56
        Market Risk Management   57
        Maturity and Repricing Information   62
        Tax Contingency   67
        Goodwill Litigation   67
  Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   57
  Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   70
  Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   70
  Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   16
PART III   70
  Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   70
  Item 11.   Executive Compensation   70
  Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   70
  Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   70
  Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services   70
PART IV   71
  Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K   71

i



PART I

BUSINESS

Overview

        With a history dating back to 1889, Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual," or the "Company") is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. Based on our consolidated assets at December 31, 2003, we were the largest thrift holding company in the United States and the eighth largest among all U.S.-based bank and thrift holding companies.

    Company Growth

        Our assets have grown over the last eight years primarily through the following significant acquisitions:

Acquisition Name

  Date Acquired
  Loans
  Deposits
  Assets
 
  (in millions)

Keystone Holdings, Inc.   Dec. 20, 1996   $ 14,563   $ 12,815   $ 21,894
Great Western Financial Corporation   July 1, 1997     32,448     27,785     43,770
H.F. Ahmanson & Company (1)   Oct. 1, 1998     33,939     33,975     50,355
Mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (2)   Jan. 31, 2001     3,352         7,307
Bank United Corp.   Feb. 9, 2001     14,983     8,093     19,034
Fleet Mortgage Corp. (2)   June 1, 2001     4,378         7,813
Dime Bancorp, Inc.   Jan. 4, 2002     21,660     15,171     31,305

(1)
Includes loans, deposits and assets acquired by Ahmanson from Coast Savings Financial, Inc.
(2)
This was an acquisition of selected assets and/or liabilities.

        Our mission is to become the nation's leading retailer of consumer financial services. Our strategy is to focus primarily on middle-market consumers in the largest metropolitan areas. Through advertising, branding and positioning we build customer awareness of our home lending products and encourage households to conduct business with Washington Mutual. In selected metropolitan markets, we then overlay our retail banking operations and cross-sell key products, including checking accounts, deposit accounts and home equity products. Store expansion was a priority in 2003 and will continue to be a priority in 2004. We plan to achieve our mission principally through organic growth of our retail banking franchise and by driving efficiencies in our operations.

Business Segments

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 we realigned our business segments and we now manage and report information concerning the Company's activities, operations, products and services around our two customer categories: consumers and commercial customers. Our realigned business segments are the Consumer Group and the Commercial Group. The Consumer Group separately reports information for two distinct reporting segments: the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the Mortgage Banking segment.

        We manage interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, funding and securities held for general asset and liability management purposes on an enterprise-wide basis through our Treasury Division.

    Consumer Group

        The Consumer Group offers products and services to consumers and manages activities and operations affecting consumers. The Group serves approximately 11.6 million households through multiple

1


distribution channels, including 1,776 retail banking stores, 432 retail home loan stores, 2,990 ATMs, 39 wholesale home loan centers, correspondent lenders, telephone call centers and online banking.

        The Consumer Group's primary objectives in 2004 are to increase the number of the Group's products and services used by consumers, thus increasing profitability, and to drive efficiencies in its operations. The Group plans to achieve its objective by cross-selling products and services to its existing customers and by establishing and enlarging its customer base in selected markets.

    Retail Banking and Financial Services

        The principal activities of the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment include:

    Offering a comprehensive line of deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers;

    Holding the Company's portfolio of home loans held for investment;

    Managing and servicing the home equity and consumer loan portfolios; and

    Providing investment advisory and brokerage services, sales of annuities, mutual fund management and other financial services.

        The segment's expansion of its national retail banking franchise is an integral element of the Consumer Group's strategy for achieving its 2004 objective. In 2004, the segment plans to open approximately 250 new retail banking stores, primarily in the Tampa, Chicago and New York metropolitan areas. In 2003, the segment opened 260 stores primarily in the Chicago, Houston, Dallas and New York metropolitan areas. New retail banking stores are configured on an award-winning and innovative retail banking platform that serves customers in an open, free-flowing retail environment.

        Deposit products offered by the segment include the Company's signature free checking and Platinum accounts as well as other personal checking accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and time deposit accounts. The segment also offers home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit accounted for 16% of loans held in portfolio at the end of 2003, up from 11% at the end of 2002. Home equity loans and lines of credit generally provide higher margins than home loans. As such, the Company believes they represent an attractive opportunity to grow the loan portfolio.

        The segment holds loans in portfolio that are originated by the Mortgage Banking segment. Through our specialty mortgage finance program, the segment also purchases and re-underwrites loans to higher risk borrowers; such loans, while held in portfolio, are serviced by third parties.

        Investment advisory and securities brokerage services are provided by approximately 600 financial consultants of WM Financial Services, Inc., a licensed broker-dealer. In addition, fixed annuities are offered to the public by approximately 1,300 licensed banking employees. The Company's mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc., offers investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services and had assets under management at December 31, 2003 of $17.87 billion.

    Mortgage Banking

        The principal activities of the Mortgage Banking segment include:

    Originating and servicing home loans;

    Buying and selling home loans in the secondary market; and

    Providing insurance-related products.

        The Mortgage Banking segment's primary objectives in 2004 are to drive significant efficiencies by fully integrating the mortgage banking companies we acquired in 2001 and 2002 and to increase the

2



number of the Company's products and services used by customers. The segment is transitioning to a single non-proprietary servicing platform for home loans in 2004 and is also consolidating its origination systems and loan fulfillment centers.

        In 2003 Washington Mutual was a leading originator and servicer of mortgage loans and expanded its distribution channel with the opening of 93 new retail home loan centers.

        Through its multiple lending channels, the segment offers a diverse set of home loan products including:

    Fixed-rate home loans;

    Adjustable-rate home loans (where the interest rate may be adjusted as frequently as every month);

    Hybrid home loans (where the interest rate is fixed for a predetermined time period, typically 3 or 5 years, and then reprices monthly or annually, depending on the product); and

    Government insured or guaranteed home loans.

        Home loans are either originated or purchased and are either held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment or sold by the Mortgage Banking segment to institutional investors in the secondary market or to the housing government-sponsored enterprises. In general, the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment holds in portfolio purchased loans made to higher-risk borrowers and adjustable-rate mortgages, and the Mortgage Banking segment sells fixed-rate home loans, generally to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), a government-sponsored enterprise. As conditions warrant, the Mortgage Banking segment may securitize adjustable-rate loans into available-for-sale securities to be held by the Treasury Division as part of the Company's overall asset and liability management strategy. In the future, the segment may securitize and sell adjustable-rate loans in the secondary market as part of the Company's capital management process.

        Mortgage servicing involves the administration and collection of home loan payments. The Mortgage Banking segment performs most home loan servicing activities, including the servicing of loans held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment. When loans are sold into the secondary market, the Company generally retains the right to service those loans and hence retains the customer relationship. The Company intends to use these customer relationships to cross-sell additional products and services.

        All loans, whether originated or purchased, are subject to the same nondiscriminatory underwriting standards. When originating home loans, the Company follows established lending policies and procedures that require consideration of an applicant's credit profile relative to the size and characteristics of the loan. When purchasing home loans, the Company normally delegates the underwriting responsibility to the correspondent lenders that originate the loans. The Company requires correspondent lenders to comply with its underwriting and appraisal standards and performs quality control procedures to ensure that compliance occurs.

        The Mortgage Banking segment makes insurance products available to its customers that complement the mortgage lending process including private mortgage insurance, mortgage life insurance, flood, homeowners', earthquake and other property and casualty insurance. Other types of insurance products made available include accidental death and dismemberment, and term and whole life insurance. The Mortgage Banking segment also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities.

        See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Operating Segments" for financial information regarding the two operating segments of the Consumer Group and refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Operating Segments" for a description of the principal differences between the previous and newly aligned segment structures.

3



    Commercial Group

        The principal activities of the Commercial Group include:

    Providing financing to developers, investors, mortgage bankers and homebuilders for the acquisition or construction of multi-family dwellings, other commercial properties and new homes;

    Originating and servicing multi-family and other commercial real estate loans and either holding such loans in portfolio as part of its commercial asset management business or selling them in the secondary market;

    Originating, selling and servicing home loans to higher-risk borrowers through the Company's subsidiary, Long Beach Mortgage Company; and

    Offering a full array of commercial banking products and services.

        The Group's primary objectives in 2004 are to improve productivity by consolidating operations and to increase market share in the highly fragmented multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial banking markets through organic growth. The Group expects to integrate approximately 80 commercial banking centers and small business centers with its existing multi-family and commercial real estate operations. Additional productivity improvements should result from centralizing servicing operations and automating and streamlining the underwriting and loan closing processes.

        The multi-family lending business, which accounts for a majority of the Group's revenues, is comprised of three key activities: originating and managing loans retained in the loan portfolio, servicing loans and providing ancillary banking services to enhance customer retention. Combining these three activities into one integrated business model has allowed the Group to become a leading originator and holder of multi-family loans. The Group's multi-family lending program has a dominant market share of more than 20% in certain key cities along the west coast and is building market share on the east coast with recent office openings in Boston, Washington, D.C., and Miami.

        As part of the Company's specialty mortgage finance program, the Group originates home loans to higher-risk borrowers through Long Beach Mortgage, which it then sells to secondary market participants, retaining the servicing relationship.

        The Group also offers a full array of commercial banking products and services, including lines of credit, receivables and inventory financing, equipment loans, real estate financing, government-guaranteed loans, international trade financing, cash management and merchant bankcard services.

        The Company completed the sale of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, its consumer finance subsidiary, which was formerly part of the Commercial Group, on January 9, 2004. Washington Mutual Finance's operations are reported as discontinued operations elsewhere in this report on Form 10-K unless otherwise noted.

        See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Operating Segments" for financial information regarding the Commercial Group and refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Operating Segments" for a description of the principal differences between the previous and newly aligned segment structures.

Available Information

        We make our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to such reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, available free of charge on or through our website located at www.wamu.com/ir as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        The Company's Code of Conduct, which applies to all officers, directors and employees of the Company, and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which applies to the Company's Chief

4



Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, and each business segment or business line chief financial officer and controller, as well as any waiver of our Code of Conduct and amendment to or waiver of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, are disclosed on our website located at www.wamu.com/ir.

Employees

        At December 31, 2003, we had 63,720 employees, compared with 55,200 at December 31, 2002 and 41,901 at December 31, 2001, which included 2,346, 2,330 and 2,717 employees related to the Company's discontinued operations. During 2003, our number of employees increased substantially to accommodate the high refinancing activity in the earlier part of the year and the opening of new retail banking stores. The increase in 2002 over the same period in 2001 was primarily due to the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide Lending, Inc., which was acquired in two transactions in 2002. We believe that we have been successful in attracting quality employees and that our employee relations are good.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

        Our Form 10-K and other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission have forward-looking statements. In addition, our senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could" or "may."

        Forward-looking statements provide our expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements.

        Some of these factors are described below.

    General business and economic conditions may significantly affect our earnings.

        Our business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. economy, and of the local economies in which we conduct business. Changes in these conditions may adversely affect our business and earnings. For example, if short-term interest rates rise faster than mortgage rates, our net interest income, which is our largest component of net income, could be adversely affected. A prolonged economic downturn could increase the number of customers who become delinquent or default on their loans, or a rising interest rate environment could decrease the demand for loans. An increase in delinquencies or defaults could result in a higher level of charge-offs and provision for loan and lease losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

        In addition, our business and earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve Board's policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

5



    If we are unable to effectively manage the volatility of our mortgage banking business, our earnings could be adversely affected.

        Changes in interest rates significantly affect the mortgage banking business. One of the principal risks of declining interest rates on the mortgage banking business is the acceleration of prepayments which reduce the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights ("MSR"). One of the ways we mitigate this risk is by purchasing financial instruments, such as fixed-rate investment securities, interest rate contracts and forward commitments to purchase mortgage-backed securities, which tend to increase in value when long-term interest rates decline. The success of this strategy, however, is dependent on management's judgments regarding the amount, type and mix of MSR risk management instruments that we select to manage the changes in fair value of our mortgage servicing asset. If this strategy is not successful, our net income could be adversely affected. Moreover, many of our interest rate and MSR risk management strategies depend on liquidity in mortgage-related financial instruments traded in the secondary market. If periods of illiquidity develop in these markets, our ability to effectively implement our MSR risk management strategies could be adversely affected. Another significant risk to the mortgage banking business is the effect of interest rates on loan volume and gain from mortgage loans. In rising interest rate environments, loan volume is generally lower and, accordingly, the overall amount of gain from mortgage loans is lower. Due to the high levels of salable fixed-rate loan volume in 2002 and 2003 that resulted from historically low mortgage interest rates, our gain from mortgage loans in 2003 and 2002 was higher than it is likely to be when mortgage interest rates rise above their historical low points for a sustained period of time. For further discussion of how interest rate risk, basis risk and MSR prepayment risk are managed, see "Market Risk Management."

    If we are unable to fully realize the operational and systems efficiencies sought to be achieved from our recently announced business segment realignment, our earnings could be adversely affected.

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 we realigned our operating segment structure according to products and services that are grouped into two primary categories—those offered to retail consumers and those offered to commercial customers—in order to create a more highly integrated and unified retailing strategy and to streamline and simplify operations. To accomplish these goals we are eliminating redundancies throughout the organization, completing the integration of the mortgage banking companies we acquired in 2001 and 2002, transitioning to a single non-proprietary platform for the servicing of home loans, consolidating our mortgage origination systems and loan fulfillment centers and integrating call centers. We anticipate that these initiatives will result in operating efficiencies.

        If we experience difficulties, such as a prolonged interruption of our service, as we realign our business segments and continue to integrate our systems and operations, including those of the acquired mortgage companies, we could experience higher than anticipated administrative costs and the loss of customers, among other things. These events could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

    The financial services industry is highly competitive.

        We are subject to significant competition in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans as well as in providing other financial services in all of our market areas. We face pricing competition for loan and deposit products. In addition, customer convenience and service capabilities, such as product lines offered and the accessibility of services are significant competitive factors.

        Our most direct competition for loans comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions, national mortgage companies and government-sponsored enterprises. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions, and credit unions doing business in our market areas. As with all banking organizations, we have also experienced competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and government debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of our primary market areas.

6



    Changes in the regulation of financial services companies and housing government-sponsored enterprises could adversely affect our business.

        Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in Congress. Proposals that are now receiving a great deal of attention include consumer protection initiatives relating to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, predatory lending, credit reporting and privacy. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. It is possible that one or more legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. For further discussion of the regulations of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision."

        The Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA" or "Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac") and the Federal Home Loan Banks are housing government-sponsored enterprises ("GSEs") which play a powerful role in the mortgage industry. We have significant business relationships with these GSEs. Proposals are being considered in Congress and by various regulators which would affect the manner in which these GSEs conduct their business. These proposals include establishing a new independent agency to regulate GSEs, requiring GSEs to register their stock with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and reducing or limiting certain business benefits GSEs receive from the federal government. The enactment of any of these proposals could increase the costs incurred by, or otherwise adversely affect the business of, the GSEs, which in turn could have an adverse impact on our business. For discussion of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and the regulation of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision."

Taxation

    General

        For federal income tax purposes, we report income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting on a calendar year basis. We are subject to federal income tax under existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in generally the same manner as other corporations.

    State Income Taxation

        Many of the states in which we do business impose corporate income taxes on companies doing business in those states. The State of Washington does not currently have a corporate income tax, but has a business and occupation tax on gross receipts. Currently, the tax does not apply to interest received on loans secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties.

    Assistance Agreement

        In connection with the acquisition of Keystone Holdings, Inc. in 1996, we succeeded to the rights and obligations of Keystone Holdings and certain of its affiliates under a number of continuing agreements with the predecessor to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), including an Assistance Agreement. The Assistance Agreement provides, in part, for the payment to the Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund over time of 75% of most of the federal tax savings and 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (in each case computed in accordance with specific provisions contained in the Assistance Agreement) attributable to the utilization of certain tax loss carryforwards. The provision for such payments is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements as "Income Taxes."

        See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Income Taxes" for further discussion.

Environmental Regulation

        Our business and properties are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing environmental matters, including the regulation of hazardous substances and wastes. For example, under

7



the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, owners and operators of contaminated properties may be liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous substances without regard to whether such persons actually caused the contamination. Such laws may affect us both as an owner of properties used in or held for our business, and as a secured lender on property that is found to contain hazardous substances or wastes. Our general policy is to obtain an environmental assessment prior to foreclosing on commercial property. The existence of hazardous substances or wastes on such property may cause us to elect not to foreclose on the property, thereby limiting, and in some instances precluding, our realization on such loans.

Regulation and Supervision

        The following discussion describes elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to savings and loan holding companies, federal savings associations and state savings banks and provides some specific information relevant to us. This regulatory framework is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors.

        To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those provisions. Those statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company's business.

    General

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a Washington state corporation. It owns two federal savings associations and one Washington state-chartered savings bank, as well as numerous nonbank subsidiaries. Because our state bank has elected to be treated as a savings association for purposes of federal holding company law, Washington Mutual, Inc. is a savings and loan holding company. As a savings and loan holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

        Our federal savings associations are subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OTS, their primary federal regulator, as well as the FDIC. Our state bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington (the "State Director") and by the FDIC. Our nonbank financial subsidiaries are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations.

        All of our banking subsidiaries are under the common control of Washington Mutual, Inc. and are insured by the FDIC. If an insured institution fails, claims for administrative expenses of the receiver and for deposits in U.S. branches (including claims of the FDIC as subrogee of the failed institution) have priority over the claims of general unsecured creditors. In addition, the FDIC has authority to require any of our banking subsidiaries to reimburse it for losses it incurs in connection either with the failure of another of our banking subsidiaries or with the FDIC's provision of assistance to one of our banking subsidiaries that is in danger of failure.

    Payment of Dividends

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. Its principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by those subsidiaries, investment income, and borrowings. Federal and state laws limit the amount of dividends or other capital distributions that a banking institution, such as our federal associations and our state bank, can pay. Each of our banking subsidiaries has a policy to remain well-capitalized and, accordingly, would not pay dividends to the extent payment of the dividend would result in it not being well-capitalized. In addition, our federal associations must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before they can pay dividends to their parent companies.

8


See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for a more detailed description of the limits on the dividends our subsidiary banks can pay.

    Capital Adequacy

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its subsidiary depository banking institutions is subject to various capital requirements. Our state bank is subject to FDIC capital requirements, while our federal associations are subject to OTS capital requirements. An institution's capital category depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital measure, a leverage ratio capital measure, a tangible equity ratio measure, and certain other factors.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS and FDIC regulations, an institution (that is not in the most highly-rated category) is required to have a leverage ratio of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4.00% and a total risk-based ratio of 8.00%. In addition, our federal associations are required to have a tangible capital ratio of 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        As of December 31, 2003 each of our banking subsidiaries met all capital requirements to which it was subject and satisfied the requirements to be treated as well-capitalized. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for an analysis of our regulatory capital.

    Holding Company Status and Acquisitions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a multiple savings and loan holding company, as defined by federal law, because it owns more than one savings association. Washington Mutual, Inc. is regulated as a unitary savings and loan holding company, however, because the OTS deems our federal associations to have been acquired in supervisory transactions. Therefore, we are exempt from certain restrictions that would otherwise apply under federal law to the activities and investments of a multiple savings and loan holding company. These restrictions will apply to Washington Mutual, Inc. if any of our three banking institutions fails to meet a qualified thrift lender test established by federal law. As of December 31, 2003, the Company's three banking subsidiaries were in compliance with qualified thrift lender standards.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire control of another savings association unless the OTS approves. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a company, other than a bank holding company, unless the OTS approves, or by an individual unless the OTS does not object after receiving notice. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a bank holding company unless the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") approves. In any case, the public must have an opportunity to comment on the proposed acquisition, and the OTS or Federal Reserve must complete an application review. Without prior approval from the OTS, Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any savings institution that is not one of its subsidiaries.

9


        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally restricts any non-financial entity from acquiring Washington Mutual, Inc. unless such non-financial entity was, or had submitted an application to become, a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999. Since Washington Mutual, Inc. was treated as a unitary savings and loan holding company prior to that date, Washington Mutual, Inc. may engage in non-financial activities and acquire non-financial subsidiaries.

    Federal Home Loan Bank System

        The primary purpose of the Federal Home Loan Banks (the "FHLBs") is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. The FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. The FHLB System consists of twelve regional FHLBs; each is federally chartered but privately owned by its member institutions. The Federal Housing Finance Board ("Finance Board"), a government agency, is generally responsible for regulating the FHLB System.

        One of our federal savings associations, Washington Mutual Bank, FA, currently is a member only of the San Francisco FHLB. Our state bank, Washington Mutual Bank, and our other federal association, Washington Mutual Bank fsb, are members of the Seattle FHLB.

        Proposals have been made recently which would affect the operations and structure of the FHLB System. The Finance Board has proposed a regulation that would require each FHLB to register its stock with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and provide more public disclosure. Congress is considering proposals which would establish a new regulator for the FHLB System, as well as for other housing government-sponsored entities. We cannot predict at this time which, if any, of these proposals may be adopted or what effect they would have on the business of the Company.

    Deposit Insurance

        The FDIC insures the deposits of each of our banking subsidiaries to the applicable maximum in each institution, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. The FDIC administers two separate deposit insurance funds, the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"). The BIF is a deposit insurance fund for commercial banks and some federal and state-chartered savings banks. The SAIF is a deposit insurance fund for most savings associations. Our state bank is a member of the BIF, but a substantial portion of its deposits is insured through the SAIF. Our federal associations are members of the SAIF, but a small portion of Washington Mutual Bank, FA's deposits are insured through the BIF.

        The FDIC has established a risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments. Under the risk-based assessment system, an institution's insurance assessments vary according to the level of capital the institution holds and the degree to which it is the subject of supervisory concern. During 2003, the assessment rate for both SAIF and BIF deposits ranged from zero to 0.27% of assessable deposits. Our banking subsidiaries qualified for the lowest rate on their deposits in 2003 and paid no deposit insurance assessments.

    Affiliate Transaction Restrictions

        Our three banking subsidiaries are subject to the same affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System as well as additional limitations imposed by the OTS. These provisions prohibit or limit a banking institution from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, affiliates (such as Washington Mutual, Inc.), principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the banking institution and its affiliates. Each of our banking subsidiaries currently is in material compliance with all of these limitations.

10


    Federal Reserve, Consumer and Other Regulation

        Numerous regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board affect the business operations of our banking subsidiaries. These include regulations relating to equal credit opportunity, electronic fund transfers, collection of checks, truth in lending, truth in savings and availability of funds.

        Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, each of our banking subsidiaries is required to maintain a reserve against its transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase an institution's cost of funds.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act included provisions that give consumers new protections regarding the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. In addition, states are permitted under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act to have their own privacy laws, which may offer greater protection to consumers than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Numerous states in which the Company does business have enacted such laws.

        The four federal banking agencies, including our regulators, have jointly issued expanded examination and supervision guidance relating to two areas affecting our activities—subprime lending and, most recently, mortgage banking and mortgage servicing rights.

        The USA PATRIOT Act, which was enacted following the events of September 11, 2001, included numerous provisions designed to fight international money laundering and to block terrorist access to the U.S. financial system. We have established policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the Act's provisions, and the impact of the Act on our operations has not been material.

    Community Reinvestment Act

        The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") requires that our banking subsidiaries ascertain and help meet the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- to moderate-income neighborhoods, while maintaining safe and sound banking practices. We maintain a CRA file that is available for public viewing. The file includes copies of our most recent CRA Public Evaluations, descriptions of our products and services, delivery outlet information, and public comments.

        In September 2001, we announced a new ten-year $375 billion community commitment, effective January 2002. This commitment replaced prior ones made by us and the companies we acquired. As of December 31, 2003, we had exceeded our yearly targets for lending in low- to moderate-income neighborhoods and underserved market areas .

    Regulatory Enforcement

        The OTS, FDIC and the State Director may take regulatory enforcement actions against any of their regulated institutions that do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any banking institution, or any institution-affiliated party, such as a director, officer, employee, agent, or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. Each of the OTS, the FDIC and the State Director has authority under various circumstances to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured institution that it regulates, to issue cease and desist orders, to obtain injunctions restraining or prohibiting unsafe or unsound practices, to revalue assets and to require the establishment of reserves. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of, or condition imposed by the FDIC.

11


    Regulation of Nonbanking Affiliates

        As broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities. As a registered investment advisor, WM Advisors is subject to various federal and state securities regulations and restrictions. Our specialty mortgage finance subsidiary is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, including those relating to truth-in-lending, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting, real estate settlement procedures, debt collection practices and usury. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by various state insurance regulators. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to various state licensing and examination requirements.

Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of Washington Mutual:

Executive Officers

  Age
  Capacity in Which Served
  Employee of
Company
Since

Kerry K. Killinger   54   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer   1983
Thomas W. Casey   41   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   2002
Craig J. Chapman   47   President, Commercial Group and Chief Administrative Officer   1998
Fay L. Chapman   57   Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel   1997
Daryl D. David   49   Executive Vice President, Human Resources   2000
Jeremy V. Gross   46   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer   2001
William A. Longbrake   61   Vice Chair   1996
Robert H. Miles   47   Senior Vice President and Controller   1999
Deanna W. Oppenheimer   45   President, Consumer Group   1985
Craig E. Tall   58   Vice Chair, Corporate Development   1985
James G. Vanasek   60   Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer   1999

        Mr. Killinger established the Executive Committee in 1990 to facilitate and coordinate decision making by and communication among the most senior executive officers of the Company who, as a committee, determine the Company's strategic direction. The President's Council, established by Mr. Killinger in December 2002 and comprised of the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer and the Group Presidents, is focused on operational efficiency, operational decision-making and strategic execution, with particular emphasis on operations and execution across business segments. The executive officers serving on these committees at December 31, 2003 are indicated below.

        Mr. Killinger is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual. He was named President and Director in 1988, Chief Executive Officer in 1990 and Chairman in 1991. Mr. Killinger joined Washington Mutual as an Executive Vice President of Washington Mutual Bank in 1983. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

        Mr. Casey is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual. As a member of the Executive Committee and the President's Council, he oversees all aspects of Washington Mutual's corporate finance, strategic planning and investor relations functions. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Casey was with GE Capital Corp. from 1992 through 2002 where he held advising,

12



controllership and analyst positions prior to becoming a vice president of GE and Senior Vice President and CFO of GE Financial Assurance in 1999.

        Mr. Chapman is President of the Commercial Group and Chief Administrative Officer. He is responsible for overseeing multi-family lending, commercial real estate, homebuilder finance, mortgage banker finance, Long Beach Mortgage Company, and commercial banking. As Chief Administrative Officer, Mr. Chapman oversees operational excellence, acquisition integration, corporate property services and strategic sourcing. After joining Washington Mutual in 1998 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, he became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001 and a member of the President's Council in 2002. Previously, Mr. Chapman served as President of AMRESCO Residential Mortgage Corporation from 1996 to 1997.

        Ms. Chapman is Washington Mutual's General Counsel and has been Senior Executive Vice President since 1999. She became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a member of the Executive Committee in 1997. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, she was a partner at the Seattle law office of Foster Pepper & Shefelman PLLC from 1979 to 1997.

        Mr. David joined Washington Mutual in 2000 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. He is responsible for talent acquisition, organizational capabilities, leadership development and rewards and benefits. Mr. David became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. He joined Washington Mutual from Amazon.com where he was Vice President of Strategic Growth and Human Resources from 1999 to 2000. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Sanga International from 1998 to 1999.

        Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual in 2001 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for directing the Company's corporate technology strategy. Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual from Sydney, Australia-based Westpac Banking Corp. where he was Group Executive of Technology, Operations and eCommerce from 1999 to 2001. From 1992 to 1999, he was Managing Director and Chief Technology Officer at Countrywide Credit Industries.

        Mr. Longbrake has been Vice Chair since 1999 and a member of the Executive Committee since 1996. He serves as the Company's primary executive liaison with regulators, legislators, industry trade organizations, and government-sponsored enterprises. Mr. Longbrake was an Executive Vice President from 1996 to 1999 and served as the Company's Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 2002.

        Mr. Miles has been Senior Vice President and Controller since January 2001. He serves as Washington Mutual's principal accounting officer. Mr. Miles joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax in June 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Miles was Director, Domestic Taxes of the former BankBoston, N.A. from 1996 to 1999.

        Ms. Oppenheimer is President of the Consumer Group. She is responsible for two of the Company's reporting segments, Retail Banking and Financial Services, and Mortgage Banking. Additionally, Ms. Oppenheimer oversees corporate relations and the Company's Corporate Innovation and Research Center. Ms. Oppenheimer became Executive Vice President in 1993, has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990, and became a member of the President's Council in 2002. She has been an officer of the Company since 1985.

        Mr. Tall is Vice Chair of Corporate Development. He is responsible for overseeing the Company's corporate development, including acquisitions and divestitures. He is also Chairman of Washington Mutual's Strategic Capital Fund Investment Committee. Mr. Tall became an Executive Vice President in 1987 and Vice Chair in 1999. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

13



        Mr. Vanasek is Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer. He is responsible for overseeing credit risk management for the Company, as well as compliance, market and operational risk, internal audit and business continuity. Mr. Vanasek became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Prior to joining Washington Mutual in 1999, he spent eight years at the former Norwest Bank, in a variety of lending risk management positions including Chief Credit Officer.

Properties

        The Company's headquarters are located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101. As of December 31, 2003, we conducted business in 47 states through approximately 2,913 physical distribution centers.

        The Company, in a joint venture with the Seattle Art Museum, is constructing a new headquarters building in downtown Seattle. On completion of the building, the Company will own approximately 900,000 square feet and will lease from the Seattle Art Museum an additional 250,000 square feet for a period of up to 25 years. The lessor has the right to cancel the lease, in whole or in part, at any time after the tenth year of the lease. Occupancy and the term of the lease are expected to commence concurrently in 2006.

        Additionally, significant facilities that we owned or leased were as follows:

Location

  Leased/Owned
  Approximate
Square Footage

  Termination or
Renewal Date (1)

1201 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   400,000   2006-2010
1111 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   249,000   2004-2017
1191 2nd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   238,000   2015
999 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   158,000   2004-2006
1301 5th Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   130,000   2005-2008
1501 4th Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   112,000   2005-2010
2500 & 2530 223rd St. SE, Bothell, WA   Leased   106,000   2005-2008
18525 36th Ave. S, SeaTac, WA   Owned   106,000   n/a
Chatsworth, CA (2)   Leased   454,000   2005-2015
Chatsworth, CA (2)   Owned   343,000   n/a
Irvine, CA (2)   Owned   421,000   n/a
Irvine, CA (2)   Leased   176,000   2004-2010
Northridge, CA (2)   Leased   348,000   2005-2006
Stockton, CA (2)   Owned   329,000   n/a
3883 Airway Drive, Santa Rosa, CA   Owned   106,000   n/a
Jacksonville, FL (2)   Leased   423,000   2004-2009
1501 Yamato Rd., Boca Raton, FL   Owned   167,000   n/a
7301 Baymeadows Way, Jacksonville, FL   Owned   145,000   n/a
2601 10th Ave. N., Lake Worth, FL   Owned   102,000   n/a
Vernon Hills, IL (2)   Leased   419,000   2004-2006
3050 Highland Pkwy, Downers Grove, IL   Leased   176,000   2013
Houston, TX (2)   Leased   352,000   2004-2008
9601 McAllister Fwy, San Antonio, TX   Leased   159,000   2005
Florence, SC (2)   Leased   245,000   2005-2008
11200 W. Parkland Ave., Milwaukee, WI   Owned   230,000   n/a
231 E. Ave., Albion, NY   Leased   221,000   2009-2011
EAB Plaza, Uniondale, NY   Leased   109,000   2007

(1)
The Company has options to renew leases at most locations.
(2)
Multiple locations.

14


Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies" for a further discussion of pending and threatened litigation action and proceedings against the Company.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        No matters were submitted to shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2003.


PART II

Market for our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

        Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WM. As of February 27, 2004, there were 868,397,759 shares issued and outstanding (including 6 million shares held in escrow) held by 51,293 shareholders of record. The information regarding high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company's common stock, and the quarterly cash dividends declared thereon, is set forth in this Form 10-K in the "Quarterly Results of Operations" table included under Supplementary Data on page 151 and is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

15



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Restatement of Financial Statements

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company concluded that the inclusion of certain components (i.e. deferred acquisition costs and claims stabilization reserves) in the cash surrender value of its bank-owned life insurance policies was incorrect. The accounting policy the Company previously used resulted in the overstatement of the cash surrender value of the policies and, accordingly, other noninterest income. This restatement also decreased other assets, and correspondingly, retained earnings by $73 million, $38 million and $28 million as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The restatement only affects periods commencing with the second quarter of 2000 when the policies were first acquired and had no tax effect. The Company has corrected its accounting for all affected prior reporting periods.

    Discontinued Operations

        On November 24, 2003 the Company announced a definitive agreement to sell its subsidiary, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, to CitiFinancial, a subsidiary of Citigroup, for approximately $1.25 billion in cash. This sale was completed on January 9, 2004. Accordingly, Washington Mutual Finance is presented in this report as a discontinued operation with the results of operations and cash flows segregated from the Company's results of continuing operations for all periods presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income, Cash Flows and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as well as the tables presented herein, unless otherwise noted. Likewise, the assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance have each been combined and presented as separate captions on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Controls and Procedures

    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company's management, under the direction of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        We review and evaluate the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures on an ongoing basis and improve our controls and procedures over time and correct any deficiencies that we may discover. While we believe the present design of our disclosure controls and procedures is effective, future events affecting our business may cause us to modify our disclosure controls and procedures.

    Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        There have not been any changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2003 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Overview

        Net income increased to $3.88 billion or $4.21 per diluted share in 2003, from $3.86 billion or $4.02 per diluted share in 2002, an increase of 5% on a per share basis. The increase in earnings per share was predominantly due to share repurchase activity that occurred during the year. During 2003, the Company repurchased a total of 65.9 million shares, as compared with 38.0 million shares repurchased in 2002. Largely in response to a favorable change in the federal income tax treatment of dividends and our

16



financial performance, the Company's common stock dividend payout ratio increased from 25.92% in 2002 to 32.63% in 2003.

        Net interest income declined to $7.63 billion in 2003, a decrease of $500 million from $8.13 billion in 2002. This decrease was attributable to a 30 basis point decline in the net interest margin year-over-year. We expect the margin to contract further in 2004 as yields on our debt securities and loans continue to reprice downward to current market levels.

        Home loan mortgage banking income was $1.97 billion in 2003, an increase of $1.27 billion from $707 million in 2002. During the first part of 2003, the anemic recovery in the U.S. economy pressured home loan mortgage lending rates to historical lows. This, in turn, fueled an industry-wide mortgage refinance boom, and led to extremely high loan volume, an increase in gain from mortgage loans and high levels of noninterest-bearing custodial deposits (collected from loan payoff activity) during the first half of 2003. In the third quarter of 2003, the monthly average of the U.S. mortgage refinance index (seasonally adjusted) declined by 31%, which was caused by a sharp increase in mortgage interest rates. As a result, customer preferences began to shift from fixed-rate, salable production to adjustable-rate, portfolio activity, which resulted in a decline in gain from mortgage loans and lower levels of custodial balances. Market volatility and operational issues exacerbated the decrease in gain from mortgage loans during the third quarter of 2003. Refinancing activity diminished further in the fourth quarter of 2003 as mortgage interest rates remained above their historical low points and thus caused gain from mortgage loans to remain well below the levels recorded during the first half of the year. The volatility in mortgage interest rates in 2003 also caused significant fluctuations in the anticipated prepayment speeds of the Company's loans serviced for others portfolio and, as a result, led to significant changes in the amortization level and the fair value of the Company's MSR. The performance of the Company's MSR risk management instruments during the year, which consist of derivative financial instruments and available-for-sale securities, mitigated the financial effects of prepayment speed volatility.

        Additional strides were made in retail banking market penetration as there was a net increase of over 800,000 retail checking accounts during the year, including over 180,000 during the fourth quarter, bringing the Company's total to more than 8 million accounts. The year produced depositor and other retail banking fees of $1.82 billion, an increase of $184 million from $1.63 billion in 2002. At year end, the average mature retail banking household maintained 5.59 products and services with the Company, an increase from 5.28 at year end 2002. A total of 260 new retail banking stores were opened in 2003, bringing the total number of retail banking stores nationwide to 1,776 at the end of the year. The build out of our national retail banking franchise will continue in 2004, as we expect to open approximately 250 new stores and deepen existing relationships by cross-selling additional products to customers.

        Noninterest expense was $7.41 billion, an increase of $1.22 billion from $6.19 billion in 2002 due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the high refinancing activity in the earlier part of the year and the opening of new retail banking stores. With the refinancing boom over, the Company announced its cost containment initiative in the fourth quarter of 2003. The Company intends to reduce expenses in those areas of operations that are not integral to the Company's planned expansion of the retail banking franchise. The savings realized from this cost containment initiative will be used to facilitate this expansion. The recent realignment of the Company's operations into two major categories—retail consumers and commercial customers—will support this initiative by eliminating redundant operations and processes. The Company expects that the impact of this initiative, which is not scheduled to be completed until the middle of 2005, coupled with the costs to be incurred in 2004 from the continuing expansion of the retail banking franchise, will result in an increase in noninterest expense of no more than 5% in 2004, as compared with 2003.

        Credit quality of the Company's loan portfolio improved in 2003 as the Company benefited from the strengthening U.S. economy during the latter part of the year and continued to take advantage of market opportunities to reduce specific credit risk exposures. At December 31, 2003, nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.70 percent versus 0.93 percent at December 31, 2002. Total

17



nonperforming assets were down $546 million to $1.94 billion at December 31, 2003, as compared with $2.48 billion at December 31, 2002. The improved credit risk profile resulted in the recording of a $202 million reversal in the allowance for loan and lease losses in the fourth quarter of 2003 and a provision for loan and lease losses of $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

        In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company, to CitiFinancial, a subsidiary of Citigroup, for approximately $1.25 billion. The sale was completed on January 9, 2004 and resulted in a pre-tax gain of approximately $660 million, to be recorded in the first quarter of 2004.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances as of December 31, 2003.

        Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In particular, we have identified four accounting policies that, due to the judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, and the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements to those judgments, estimates and assumptions,

18



are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements. The table below represents information about the nature of and rationale for the Company's critical accounting estimates:


Critical
Accounting
Policy

  Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Position Caption

  Consolidated
Statements of
Income Caption

  Nature of Estimates Required
  Reference


Fair value of mortgage servicing rights

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

Home loan mortgage banking income (expense): Mortgage servicing rights recovery (impairment)

 

Determining the fair value of our MSR requires us to anticipate changes in market conditions, including interest rates. Our loan servicing portfolio is subject to prepayment risk, which subjects our MSR to impairment risk.
The fair value of our MSR is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various assumptions, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates. This model is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in anticipated prepayment speeds, in particular, result in substantial fluctuations in the estimated fair value of MSR. If actual prepayment experience differs from the anticipated rates used in the Company's model, this difference may result in a material change in MSR fair value.
While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions. All assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of these assumptions is confirmed through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than annually, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value estimates.

 

Limitations to the measurement of MSR fair value and the key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans' MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions are described in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Earnings Performance" on page 31 and in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Mortgage Banking Activities."

                 

19



Rate lock commitments

 

Other assets

 

Home loan mortgage banking income (expense): Gain from mortgage loans

 

The Company enters into commitments to originate or purchase loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). The fair value of salable rate lock commitments includes the value of the anticipated retained servicing income, which is calculated using the same valuation methodologies used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted for an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments not expected to be funded. This valuation policy has the effect of recognizing the gain from mortgage loans before the loans are sold. However, in a recently released Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin, the SEC ruled that the amount of the anticipated servicing income should not be included when determining the fair value of derivative interest rate lock commitments. In anticipation of this Bulletin, the Company prospectively changed its accounting policy for derivative rate lock commitments on January 1, 2004. Under the new policy, the expected servicing rights that had previously been recorded at the initiation of the rate lock are not recognized until the underlying loans are sold.

 

See further discussion in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Earnings Performance" on page 31.



Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct components: the formula allowance, the specific allowance and the unallocated allowance. As the process for determining the adequacy of the allowance requires subjective and complex judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

The estimates and judgments are described in further detail in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Asset Quality" on page 49 and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."


                 

20



Net periodic benefit cost

 

Other assets

 

Compensation and benefits

 

The net periodic benefit cost is actuarially determined using assumed discount rates, assumed rates of compensation increase and expected return on assets. These assumptions are ultimately determined by management.
The discount rate is determined using Moody's Aa spot rate as of year end. The compensation rate is determined by reviewing the Company's salary increases each year along with reviewing industry averages. The expected long-term return on plan assets represents management's expectation of the average rate of earnings on the funds invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation.

 

The impact to compensation and benefits expense if certain assumptions are changed is discussed in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Liquidity" on page 56.


        Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, there are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards. These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , and the applicable hedge accounting criteria. These policies and the judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Interpretation No. 46R ("FIN 46R"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN 46R is a revision to the original FIN 46 that addresses the consolidation of certain variable interest entities (e.g., non-qualified special purpose entities). The revision clarifies how variable interest entities should be identified and evaluated for consolidation purposes. FIN 46R must be applied no later than March 31, 2004. The Company adopted FIN 46 as of July 1, 2003. The Company is still in the process of studying and evaluating the impact of FIN 46R. However, at this time the Company does not expect the impact of FIN 46R to have a significant effect on the results of operations or financial condition.

        In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 ("SOP 03-3"), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Although the Company anticipates that the implementation of SOP 03-3 will require significant loan system and

21



operational changes to track credit related losses on loans purchased starting in 2005, it is not expected to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In March 2004, Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105 was issued, which provides guidance regarding loan commitments that are accounted for as derivative instruments under FASB No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . In this Bulletin, the SEC ruled that the amount of the expected servicing rights should not be included when determining the fair value of derivative interest rate lock commitments. This guidance must be applied to rate locks initiated after March 31, 2004. In anticipation of this Bulletin, the Company prospectively changed its accounting policy for derivative rate lock commitments on January 1, 2004. Under the new policy, the expected servicing rights that had previously been recorded at the initiation of the rate lock are not recognized until the underlying loans are sold. The impact that this new policy will have on the Company's results of operations in the first quarter of 2004 will be significantly influenced by that quarter's amount of salable rate lock volume and by the timing of when loan sales are executed. As rate lock volume is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and the timing of loan sales may be affected by market conditions, the Company cannot provide a reliable estimate of the impact this change will have to its future results of operations.

22



Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Income Statement Data (for the year ended)                              
  Net interest income   $ 7,629   $ 8,129   $ 6,492   $ 3,952   $ 4,127
  Provision for loan and lease losses     42     404     426     77     67
  Noninterest income     5,850     4,469     3,176     1,925     1,479
  Noninterest expense     7,408     6,188     4,416     2,970     2,775
  Net income     3,880     3,861     3,104     1,871     1,817
  Basic earnings per common share (1) :                              
    Income from continuing operations     4.20     4.01     3.57     2.24     2.03
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07     0.09     0.09
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income     4.29     4.09     3.64     2.33     2.12
  Diluted earnings per common share (1) :                              
    Income from continuing operations     4.12     3.94     3.51     2.23     2.02
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07     0.09     0.09
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income     4.21     4.02     3.58     2.32     2.11
  Dividends declared per common share (1)     1.40     1.06     0.90     0.76     0.65
Balance Sheet Data (at year end)                              
  Securities   $ 36,707   $ 43,905   $ 58,233   $ 58,547   $ 60,663
  Loans held for sale     20,343     38,782     27,574     3,404     794
  Loans held in portfolio     175,644     143,869     126,396     115,898     110,684
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,354     5,341     6,241     1,017     643
  Goodwill     6,196     6,213     2,116     919     1,007
  Assets     275,178     268,225     242,468     194,688     186,514
  Deposits     153,181     155,516     106,946     79,384     80,940
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     28,333     16,717     39,447     29,756     30,163
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     48,330     51,265     61,072     57,698     56,978
  Other borrowings     15,483     14,712     9,925     7,734     4,207
  Stockholders' equity     19,742     20,061     14,025     10,138     9,053
Supplemental Data                              
  Loan volume:                              
    Home:                              
      Adjustable rate   $ 99,899   $ 84,627   $ 37,224   $ 37,286   $ 33,114
      Fixed rate     263,604     180,745     108,105     6,631     10,678
      Specialty mortgage finance (2)     20,678     14,077     10,333     7,549     5,008
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loan volume     384,181     279,449     155,662     51,466     48,800
    Total loan volume     432,245     309,419     172,951     62,973     56,844
    Home loan refinancing (3)     269,442     183,788     97,555     14,853     11,792
    Total refinancing (3)     277,717     188,807     99,207     16,409     12,586

(1)
Restated for all stock splits.
(2)
Represents purchased subprime loans and mortgages originated by Long Beach Mortgage.
(3)
Includes loan refinancing entered into by both new and pre-existing customers.

23


Ratios and Other Supplemental Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Profitability                    
  Return on average assets (1)     1.37 %   1.42 %   1.38 %
  Return on average common stockholders' equity (1)     18.85     19.34     23.51  
  Net interest margin     3.11     3.41     3.19  
  Efficiency ratio (2)(3)     54.96     49.12     44.29  
Asset Quality                    
  Nonaccrual loans (4)(5)   $ 1,626   $ 2,155   $ 1,920  
  Foreclosed assets (5)     311     328     216  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets (5)     1,937     2,483     2,136  
  Nonperforming assets/total assets (5)     0.70 %   0.93 %   0.88 %
  Restructured loans (5)   $ 111   $ 98   $ 118  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans (5)     2,048     2,581     2,254  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses (5)     1,250     1,503     1,278  
  Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio (5)     0.71 %   1.04 %   1.01 %
  Net charge-offs   $ 309   $ 248   $ 177  
Capital Adequacy (5)                    
  Stockholders' equity/total assets     7.17 %   7.48 %   5.78 %
  Tangible common equity (6) /total tangible assets (6)     5.26     5.26     5.13  
  Estimated total risk-based capital/risk-weighted assets (7)     10.94     11.53     12.84  
Per Common Share Data (8)                    
  Number of common shares outstanding at end of period (in thousands)     880,986     944,047     873,089  
  Common stock dividend payout ratio     32.63 %   25.92 %   24.73 %
  Book value per common share (5)(9)   $ 22.56   $ 21.66   $ 16.40  
  Market prices:                    
    High     46.55     39.45     42.69  
    Low     32.98     28.41     28.56  
    Year end     40.12     34.53     32.70  

(1)
Includes income from continuing and discontinued operations.
(2)
Based on continuing operations.
(3)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding amortization of goodwill (applicable only to 2001), divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(4)
Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(5)
As of year end.
(6)
Excludes unrealized net gain/loss on available-for-sale securities and derivatives, goodwill and intangible assets, but includes MSR.
(7)
Estimate of what the total risk-based capital ratio would be if Washington Mutual, Inc. was a bank holding company that is subject to Federal Reserve Board capital requirements.
(8)
Restated for all stock splits.
(9)
Excludes 6 million shares at December 31, 2003, and 18 million shares at December 31, 2002 and 2001, held in escrow.

24


Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations

    Net Interest Income

        For 2003, net interest income was $7.63 billion, a decrease of $500 million, or 6%, compared with 2002. The decrease resulted from contraction of the net interest margin, which declined to 3.11% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 3.41% for the same period in 2002, as yields on loans and debt securities continued to reprice downward from the higher interest rate environment of 2002. The decline in the net interest margin was partially offset by decreases in the rates paid on interest-bearing deposits. In particular, the average rate paid on interest-bearing checking (Platinum) accounts decreased to 1.83% from 2.94% on an average balance of $57.10 billion and $34.02 billion for 2003 and 2002. The free funding impact of noninterest-bearing sources that resulted from high average custodial balances also partially offset the contraction in the margin for 2003 when compared with 2002. These balances, which peaked shortly after the midpoint of 2003, declined sharply during the latter part of the year as refinancing activity diminished.

        For 2002, net interest income increased $1.64 billion, or 25% compared with 2001. Most of this increase was attributable to the growth in average interest-earning assets, which increased primarily as a result of the Dime acquisition, and the expansion of the net interest margin, which increased 22 basis points during the year. The margin benefited from the full effect that the 475 basis point reduction in the Federal Funds rate in 2001 had on our wholesale borrowings, which reprice to market interest levels more quickly than our interest-earning assets. After peaking in the first quarter of 2002, the net interest margin declined throughout the remainder of that year, largely due to the downward repricing of loans and debt securities.

        Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, held for asset/liability interest rate risk management purposes decreased net interest income by $622 million in 2003. Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, decreased net interest income by $424 million in 2002 and increased net interest income by $1 million in 2001.

25



        Certain average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

 
  (dollars in millions)

Assets                                                
Interest-earning assets:                                                
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements   $ 2,570   1.45 % $ 37   $ 2,352   1.70 % $ 40   $ 335   4.46 % $ 15
  Available-for-sale securities (1) :                                                
    Mortgage-backed securities     20,977   4.91     1,030     24,654   5.46     1,345     41,423   6.94     2,875
    Investment securities     18,742   3.77     708     32,387   4.96     1,606     13,033   5.26     685
  Loans held for sale (2)     44,832   5.54     2,483     30,954   6.19     1,917     18,010   6.68     1,203
  Loans held in portfolio (2)(3) :                                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                                
      Home     86,443   4.77     4,124     86,039   5.90     5,077     81,686   7.23     5,908
      Purchased specialty mortgage finance     10,794   5.43     586     9,028   6.27     566     6,936   7.63     529
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total home loans     97,237   4.84     4,710     95,067   5.94     5,643     88,622   7.26     6,437
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     21,163   4.98     1,053     13,382   5.91     790     7,248   7.72     560
      Home construction:                                                
        Builder (4)     1,084   4.79     52     1,316   5.93     78     1,826   7.72     141
        Custom (5)     978   7.13     70     906   8.19     74     905   8.96     81
      Multi-family     19,409   5.30     1,029     17,973   6.01     1,081     16,480   7.72     1,273
      Other real estate     7,243   6.35     460     8,368   6.83     572     5,913   7.98     472
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans secured by real estate     147,114   5.01     7,374     137,012   6.01     8,238     120,994   7.41     8,964
    Consumer     1,208   8.87     107     2,340   9.41     220     1,804   11.17     201
    Commercial business     4,771   4.31     205     4,223   5.14     217     3,973   7.15     284
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans held in portfolio     153,093   5.02     7,686     143,575   6.04     8,675     126,771   7.45     9,449
    Other     5,109   4.27     219     4,513   6.04     272     4,052   6.03     244
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total interest-earning assets     245,323   4.96     12,163     238,435   5.81     13,855     203,624   7.11     14,471
Noninterest-earning assets:                                                
  Mortgage servicing rights     5,721               6,650               5,276          
  Goodwill     6,198               5,996               1,839          
  Other (6)     25,877               20,339               14,802          
   
           
           
         
        Total assets   $ 283,119             $ 271,420             $ 225,541          
   
           
           
         

(This table is continued on next page.)


(1)
The average balance and yield are based on average amortized cost balances.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan amounts outstanding.
(3)
Interest income for loans held in portfolio includes amortization of net deferred loan origination costs of $314 million, $246 million and $158 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(5)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(6)
Includes assets of continuing and discontinued operations.

26


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

 
  (dollars in millions)

Liabilities                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
  Deposits:                                                
    Interest-bearing checking   $ 62,723   1.69 % $ 1,057   $ 40,338   2.55 % $ 1,028   $ 7,540   1.58 % $ 119
    Savings accounts and money market deposit accounts     28,196   0.93     263     31,529   1.48     466     35,828   3.17     1,134
    Time deposit accounts     31,416   2.69     845     37,253   3.13     1,167     36,324   5.03     1,828
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing deposits     122,335   1.77     2,165     109,120   2.44     2,661     79,692   3.87     3,081
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     3,158   1.18     37     2,976   1.90     57     4,428   4.01     177
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     22,318   2.44     545     34,830   2.31     804     29,582   4.05     1,197
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     49,441   2.62     1,296     59,369   2.82     1,676     63,732   4.58     2,918
  Other     13,315   3.68     491     12,172   4.34     528     10,705   5.66     606
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing liabilities     210,567   2.15     4,534     218,467   2.62     5,726     188,139   4.24     7,979
             
 
     
           
Noninterest-bearing sources:                                                
  Noninterest-bearing deposits     41,250               25,396               16,613          
  Other liabilities (7)     10,724               7,624               7,614          
  Stockholders' equity     20,578               19,933               13,175          
   
           
           
         
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 283,119             $ 271,420             $ 225,541          
   
           
           
         
Net interest spread and net interest income         2.81   $ 7,629         3.19   $ 8,129         2.87   $ 6,492
             
           
           
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources         0.30               0.22               0.32      
Net interest margin         3.11               3.41               3.19      

(7)
Includes liabilities of continuing and discontinued operations.

27


        The dollar amounts of interest income and interest expense fluctuate depending upon changes in interest rates and upon changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average outstanding balances multiplied by the prior period's rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in average interest rate multiplied by the prior period's volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate times the change in volume) which were allocated proportionately to the changes in volume and the changes in rate and included in the relevant column below were as follows:

 
  2003 vs. 2002
  2002 vs. 2001
 
 
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
 
 
  Total
Change

  Total
Change

 
 
  Volume
  Rate
  Volume
  Rate
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                                      
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements   $ 3   $ (6 ) $ (3 ) $ 39   $ (14 ) $ 25  
Available-for-sale securities:                                      
  Mortgage-backed securities     (189 )   (126 )   (315 )   (1,001 )   (529 )   (1,530 )
  Investment securities     (573 )   (325 )   (898 )   962     (41 )   921  
Loans held for sale     786     (220 )   566     807     (93 )   714  
Loans held in portfolio:                                      
  Loans secured by real estate:                                      
    Home     24     (977 )   (953 )   302     (1,133 )   (831 )
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     102     (82 )   20     142     (105 )   37  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total home loans     126     (1,059 )   (933 )   444     (1,238 )   (794 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     403     (140 )   263     386     (156 )   230  
    Home construction:                                      
      Builder (1)     (13 )   (13 )   (26 )   (34 )   (29 )   (63 )
      Custom (2)     6     (10 )   (4 )       (7 )   (7 )
    Multi-family     82     (134 )   (52 )   108     (300 )   (192 )
    Other real estate     (74 )   (38 )   (112 )   175     (75 )   100  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     530     (1,394 )   (864 )   1,079     (1,805 )   (726 )
    Consumer     (101 )   (12 )   (113 )   54     (35 )   19  
    Commercial business     26     (38 )   (12 )   17     (84 )   (67 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total loans held in portfolio     455     (1,444 )   (989 )   1,150     (1,924 )   (774 )
Other     33     (86 )   (53 )   28         28  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total interest income     515     (2,207 )   (1,692 )   1,985     (2,601 )   (616 )

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Deposits:                                      
  Interest-bearing checking     450     (421 )   29     797     112     909  
  Savings accounts and money market deposit accounts     (45 )   (158 )   (203 )   (123 )   (545 )   (668 )
  Time deposit accounts     (169 )   (153 )   (322 )   46     (707 )   (661 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total deposit expense     236     (732 )   (496 )   720     (1,140 )   (420 )

Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     3     (23 )   (20 )   (46 )   (74 )   (120 )
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (304 )   45     (259 )   186     (579 )   (393 )
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (266 )   (114 )   (380 )   (189 )   (1,053 )   (1,242 )
  Other     47     (84 )   (37 )   76     (154 )   (78 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total borrowing expense     (520 )   (176 )   (696 )   27     (1,860 )   (1,833 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total interest expense     (284 )   (908 )   (1,192 )   747     (3,000 )   (2,253 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income   $ 799   $ (1,299 ) $ (500 ) $ 1,238   $ 399   $ 1,637  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

28


    Noninterest Income

        Noninterest income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                            
  Loan servicing income (expense):                            
    Loan servicing fees   $ 2,273   $ 2,237   $ 1,375   2 % 63 %
    Amortization of mortgage servicing rights     (3,269 )   (2,616 )   (1,054 ) 25   148  
    Mortgage servicing rights recovery (impairment)     712     (3,219 )   (1,701 )   89  
    Other, net     (592 )   (271 )   (141 ) 118   92  
   
 
 
         
      Net home loan servicing expense     (876 )   (3,869 )   (1,521 ) (77 ) 154  
  Revaluation gain from derivatives     338     2,517       (87 )  
  Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     543     382       42    
  Gain from mortgage loans     1,250     1,375     936   (9 ) 47  
  Loan related income     399     268     156   49   72  
  Gain from sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     320     34     117   841   (71 )
   
 
 
         
        Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)     1,974     707     (312 ) 179    
Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,818     1,634     1,290   11   27  
Securities fees and commissions     395     362     303   9   19  
Insurance income     188     155     71   21   118  
Portfolio loan related income     439     349     193   26   81  
Gain from other available-for-sale securities     676     768     600   (12 ) 28  
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (129 )   282     621     (55 )
Other income     489     212     410   131   (48 )
   
 
 
         
        Total noninterest income from continuing operations   $ 5,850   $ 4,469   $ 3,176   31   41  
   
 
 
         

    Home Loan Mortgage Banking Income (Expense)

        In 2003, loan servicing fees increased slightly due to the acquisition of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide") in the fourth quarter of 2002, which added approximately $130 billion to the Company's portfolio of loans serviced for others. This increase was substantially offset by a decline in the aggregate weighted average servicing fee. The weighted average servicing fee decreased from 40 basis points at December 31, 2002 to 34 basis points at December 31, 2003 primarily due to the Company's continuing process of selling a portion of the future contractual servicing cash flows to third parties. This process decreased the net MSR balance by $628 million but had no impact on the unpaid principal balance of the loans serviced for others portfolio. Additionally, the Company has entered into loan sales and securitizations with certain government-sponsored and private enterprises in which it has retained a smaller servicing fee than is common in the industry. The smaller servicing fee leads to a lower value for the resulting MSR and greater cash income when the loans or securities are sold.

        During the first half of 2003, we recorded an other than temporary MSR impairment of $1.11 billion. The amount of the other than temporary impairment was determined by selecting an appropriate interest rate shock to estimate the amount of MSR fair value that we might expect to recover in the foreseeable

29



future. To the extent that the gross carrying value of the MSR exceeded the estimated recoverable amount, that portion of the gross carrying value was written off as an other than temporary impairment. Although the writedowns had no impact on our results of operations or financial condition, they did reduce the gross carrying value of the MSR, which is used as the basis for MSR amortization. The results of similar analyses performed during the third and fourth quarters of 2003 concluded that no further recording of an other than temporary impairment was necessary.

        The Company recognized a recovery of $712 million during 2003 in its MSR impairment valuation allowance. This recovery was primarily due to an increase in mortgage rates during the second half of 2003, which decreased the expected prepayment rate on the Company's servicing portfolio. Although this decrease in expected prepayment rates and the recording of an other than temporary impairment also had the effect of lowering the amortization rate on the servicing portfolio, total amortization expense in 2003 was higher than 2002 due to the very high levels of prepayment activity that occurred during the first half of 2003, and the acquisition of HomeSide in the fourth quarter of 2002, which added approximately $1 billion to the amortization base of the MSR. A continued decrease in long-term mortgage rates in 2002 and 2001 led to higher expected prepayment rates, which resulted in MSR impairment of $3,219 million and $1,701 million for 2002 and 2001. Continued high volumes of prepayment activity during 2002, coupled with the growth in the MSR portfolio, resulted in higher amortization, as compared with 2001.

        The increase in other home loan servicing expense in 2003 and 2002 resulted from higher loan pool expenses due to significant refinancing activity. Loan pool expenses represent the amount of interest expense that the Company incurs for the elapsed time between the borrower payoff date and the next monthly investor pool cutoff date.

        In measuring the fair value of MSR, we stratify the loans in our servicing portfolio based on loan type and coupon rate. We measure MSR impairment by estimating the fair value of each stratum. A valuation allowance for a stratum is recorded when, and in the amount by which, its fair value is less than its gross carrying value. A recovery of the valuation allowance for a stratum is recorded when its fair value exceeds its net carrying value. However, a recovery in any particular stratum cannot exceed its valuation allowance. At December 31, 2003, we stratified the loans in our servicing portfolio as follows:

 
   
  December 31, 2003
 
  Rate Band
  Gross
Carrying
Value

  Valuation
Allowance

  Net
Carrying
Value

  Fair
Value

 
   
  (in millions)

Primary Servicing:                            
  Adjustable   All loans   $ 1,606   $ 566   $ 1,040   $ 1,040
  Government-sponsored enterprise   6.00% and below     2,462     211     2,251     2,251
  Government-sponsored enterprise   6.01% to 7.49%     1,785     755     1,030     1,030
  Government-sponsored enterprise   7.50% and above     301     127     174     174
  Government   6.00% and below     420     20     400     400
  Government   6.01% to 7.49%     705     291     414     414
  Government   7.50% and above     346     120     226     226
  Private   6.00% and below     504     114     390     390
  Private   6.01% to 7.49%     312     142     170     170
  Private   7.50% and above     131     39     92     92
       
 
 
 
    Total primary servicing         8,572     2,385     6,187     6,187
Master servicing   All loans     116     50     66     66
Specialty home loans   All loans     75         75     105
Multi-family   All loans     26         26     28
       
 
 
 
    Total       $ 8,789   $ 2,435   $ 6,354   $ 6,386
       
 
 
 

30


        The value of our MSR asset is subject to prepayment risk. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in our servicing portfolio will not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than anticipated. Moreover, since most loans within our servicing portfolio do not contain penalty provisions for early payoff, we will not receive a corresponding economic benefit if the loan pays off earlier than expected. MSR represent the discounted present value of the future net cash flows we expect to receive from our servicing portfolio. Accordingly, prepayment risk subjects our MSR to impairment risk.

        We estimate fair value of each MSR stratum using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, about which management must make assumptions based on future expectations. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions. All the assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of management's assumptions about these factors is confirmed through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than annually, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value conclusions.

        Our methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, our determination of fair value uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on the MSR fair value. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to "Market Risk Management" for discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed and to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured. For a quantitative analysis of key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of MSR, and a sensitivity analysis based on changes to those assumptions, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Mortgage Banking Activities."

        As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Company enters into commitments to originate or purchase loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Therefore, they are recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. In measuring the fair value of rate lock commitments, the amount of the expected servicing rights is included in the valuation. This value is calculated using the same methodologies as are used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted for an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments that are not expected to be funded. When funding occurs, the value of the rate lock commitment becomes part of the cost basis of the loan. The aggregate fair value of these assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $247 million and $961 million.

        A new SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin regarding the accounting for interest rate lock commitments will delay the Company's recognition of the value of the expected servicing rights until the loans are sold. The Company adopted and prospectively applied this new accounting guidance to all commitments for loans originated for sale that were initiated after December 31, 2003. Refer to "Recently Issued Accounting Standards" for further discussion of this Staff Accounting Bulletin.

        High levels of loan refinancing activity during the first half of 2003, which occurred due to historically low long-term mortgage rates that were in effect during that period, resulted in rate lock commitment volume of $290.77 billion for the year, compared with $236.05 billion in 2002. Although this increase also resulted in strong levels of salable home loan volume, gain from mortgage loans in 2003 decreased by

31



$125 million, or 9%, from 2002. The decrease was largely the result of losses sustained during the third quarter of 2003. These losses stemmed from various market volatility and operational issues, including unhedged rate lock extensions granted to customers, a diminished level of market liquidity for certain instruments used to manage interest rate risk on rate locks and loans held for sale, and system issues that caused data interruptions during the period. The Company undertook numerous actions to correct these issues and to mitigate their financial effects, including the sale of originated mortgage-backed securities, which resulted in a gain of $258 million in the third quarter of 2003, and the sale of other available-for-sale securities, which produced a gain of $381 million during that period.

        In accordance with regulatory guidance issued in December of 2003, the Company's buyouts of delinquent mortgages contained within Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") loan pools that it services must now be classified as loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. As the Company sells most of these repurchased loans to secondary market participants, they are classified as loans held for sale on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Accordingly, gains that are generated from the subsequent resale of these delinquent mortgages, which had been recorded as part of other home loan mortgage banking income on the Consolidated Statements of Income in prior periods, are now classified as gain from mortgage loans. Prior periods have been restated. In one part of the Company's program, loans that have been 30 days past due for three consecutive months (referred to as "rolling 30 loans") are repurchased from GNMA and then resold in the secondary market. In the other, loans that have missed three consecutive payments are likewise purchased and resold. These loans are collectively referred to as Early Buy-Out Loans. Gain from the sale of these loans was $369 million and $126 million in 2003 and 2002. The Company does not have the option of repurchasing "rolling 30 loans" from pools created after January 1, 2003, but continues to make such purchases from previously created pools. Over time, we expect gains from the repurchase of "rolling 30 loans" to diminish as the pools that are eligible for repurchase are depleted.

        The following tables separately present the MSR, loans held for sale and the other risk management activities included within noninterest income in 2003 and 2002.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  MSR Risk
Management

  Loans Held
for Sale Risk
Management

  Other Risk
Management

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives   $ 526   $ (188 ) $   $ 338  
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     514     29         543  
Gain from other available-for-sale securities     305         371     676  
Loss on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase             (129 )   (129 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 1,345   $ (159 ) $ 242   $ 1,428  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  MSR Risk
Management

  Loans Held
for Sale Risk
Management

  Other Risk
Management

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives   $ 2,645   $ (128 ) $   $ 2,517
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382             382
Gain (loss) from other available-for-sale securities     795         (27 )   768
Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     257         25     282
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 4,079   $ (128 ) $ (2 ) $ 3,949
   
 
 
 

32


        Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives is the earnings impact of the changes in fair value from certain derivatives where the Company either has not attempted to achieve, or has attempted but did not achieve, hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133. Derivatives that were used for MSR risk management purposes produced a revaluation gain of $526 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with a gain of $2,645 million for 2002. The total notional amount of these MSR risk management derivatives at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 was $65.42 billion and $41.97 billion with a combined net fair value of $669 million and $3.03 billion.

        The fair value changes in loans held for sale and the offsetting changes in the derivative instruments used as fair value hedges are recorded within gain from mortgage loans when hedge accounting treatment is achieved. Loans held for sale where hedge accounting treatment is not achieved ("nonqualifying" loans held for sale) are not recorded at fair value and are instead recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Due to net decreases in the fair value of derivatives acquired to mitigate the risk of fair value changes to these nonqualifying loans, net losses of $188 million and $128 million were recognized as revaluation losses from derivatives in 2003 and 2002. A gain may be recognized when the loans are subsequently sold if the fair value of those loans is higher than the carrying amount. As of December 31, 2003, both the fair value and carrying amount of loans held for sale were $20.34 billion, and as of December 31, 2002, the fair value was $38.84 billion with a carrying amount of $38.78 billion.

        Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps consisted of receive-fixed swaps, which were used predominantly as MSR risk management derivatives. At December 31, 2003, the total notional amount of these receive-fixed swaps was $32.54 billion, compared with $17.92 billion at December 31, 2002.

        Gain from other available-for-sale securities of $305 million and $795 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 resulted from sales of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities of approximately $6.57 billion in 2003 and $17.83 billion in 2002, all of which were designated as MSR risk management instruments.

        Loan related income increased during 2003 and 2002 primarily due to increased fees charged to our correspondent lenders and higher levels of late charges on the loans serviced for others portfolio.

    All Other Noninterest Income Analysis

        The increase in depositor and other retail banking fees in 2003 and 2002 was primarily due to higher levels of checking fees that resulted from an increase in the number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts and an increase in debit card and ATM related income. The number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts at December 31, 2003 totaled approximately 6.5 million, compared with approximately 5.8 million at December 31, 2002 and 4.9 million at December 31, 2001.

        Insurance income increased during 2003 and 2002 largely due to the continued growth in our captive reinsurance programs.

        The growth in portfolio loan related income in 2003 and 2002 was mostly due to increased late charges on the loan portfolio and high levels of loan prepayment fees as a result of refinancing activity.

        Several securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") that contained embedded pay-fixed swaps were restructured during 2003, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of repurchase agreements of $129 million for the year. The restructured repurchase agreements also contain embedded pay-fixed swaps with the same terms, but with a lower pay rate. Gain on extinguishment of repurchase agreements decreased in 2002 compared with 2001 largely due to lower gains recognized on terminations of certain repurchase agreements with embedded interest rate floors. The gains in 2001 were recognized to partially offset MSR impairment incurred during that year. Beginning in 2002, the Company altered its MSR risk management strategy by decreasing its reliance on embedded interest rate contracts and, instead, shifted to a blend of available-for-sale securities and derivative financial instruments.

33


        Other noninterest income increased in 2003 compared with 2002 partially due to fees paid to the Company by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac"). The Company received $100 million in nonrefundable fees to induce the Company to swap approximately $6 billion of multi-family loans for 100% of the beneficial interest in those loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac. Since the Company has the unilateral right to collapse the securities after one year, the Company has effectively retained control over the loans. Accordingly, the assets continue to be accounted for and reported as loans. This transaction was undertaken by Freddie Mac in order to facilitate fulfilling its 2003 affordable housing goals as set by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. In addition, the Company completed the sale of the Ahmanson Ranch property to the Mountains Recreation and Conservation Authority of California for $150 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. The sale resulted in a gain of $77 million. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company's removal of the cash flow hedge designation on certain payor swaptions resulted in the reclassification of a $112 million loss from accumulated other comprehensive income to other income.

    Noninterest Expense

        Noninterest expense from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Compensation and benefits   $ 3,304   $ 2,813   $ 1,829   17 % 54 %
Occupancy and equipment     1,592     1,136     776   40   46  
Telecommunications and outsourced information services     554     507     436   9   16  
Depositor and other retail banking losses     201     204     144   (1 ) 42  
Amortization of goodwill     (1)   (1)   134     (100 )
Amortization of other intangible assets     61     67     33   (9 ) 103  
Advertising and promotion     278     234     176   19   33  
Professional fees     267     201     189   33   6  
Postage     220     192     131   15   47  
Loan expense     253     211     126   20   67  
Travel and training     149     137     108   9   27  
Reinsurance expense     61     51     13   20   292  
Other expense     468     435     321   8   36  
   
 
 
         
  Total noninterest expense from continuing operations   $ 7,408   $ 6,188   $ 4,416   20   40  
   
 
 
         

(1)
The Company adopted Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002, and no longer amortizes goodwill.

        The increase in employee base compensation and benefits expense in 2003 over 2002 was substantially due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the high refinancing activity in the earlier part of the year and the opening of new retail banking stores. For the year, 260 new retail banking stores were opened, bringing the total number of retail banking stores nationwide to 1,776. The increase in 2002 over 2001 was primarily due to the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide, the hiring of additional staff to support our expanding operations and an increase in incentive compensation. The number of employees was 61,374 at December 31, 2003 compared with 52,870 at December 31, 2002 and 39,184 at December 31, 2001.

        The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2003 resulted primarily from higher equipment depreciation expense and building rent expense. These increases occurred primarily due to the completion of technology projects that were placed into service in 2003 and the expansion of the Company's distribution network. Additionally, as part of the realignment of its operating segment structure in the

34



fourth quarter of 2003, the Company wrote off approximately $150 million of capitalized costs as a result of its decision to discontinue the development of a loan origination system and to migrate and consolidate its loan origination fulfillment activities onto a smaller complex of preexisting systems. The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2002 resulted from rent, maintenance and depreciation expense due to the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide.

        Professional fees increased in 2003 over 2002, primarily as a result of increased technology and corporate services-related projects.

        The increase in loan expense in 2003 and 2002 was primarily due to higher loan closing costs and mortgage payoff expenses, which were attributable to an overall increase in loan originations, purchases and refinancing activity.

        Other expense increased in 2003 primarily due to higher foreclosed asset expense, outside services, and charitable contributions. A significant portion of the increase in other expense during 2002 was due to increases in foreclosed assets expense, business taxes and office supplies.

Review of Financial Condition

    Assets

        At December 31, 2003, our assets were $275.18 billion, an increase of $6.95 billion or 3% from $268.23 billion at December 31, 2002. This increase was predominantly attributable to an increase in loans held in portfolio largely as a result of higher adjustable-rate loan production and an increase in investment securities. This increase was mostly offset by a decrease in loans held for sale and mortgage-backed securities.

    Securities

        Securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $36,858 and $42,528:            
  Mortgage-backed securities   $ 10,695   $ 28,375
  Investment securities     26,012     15,530
   
 
    Total available-for-sale securities   $ 36,707   $ 43,905
   
 

        Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio declined $17.68 billion to $10.70 billion at December 31, 2003 from $28.38 billion at December 31, 2002. Substantially all of this decrease resulted from the sale of $12.24 billion of mortgage-backed securities during 2003 and prepayments that occurred from refinancing activity. The Company sold mortgage-backed securities during the latter part of 2003 to mitigate the effects of market volatility and operational issues experienced in the third quarter. Our investment securities increased $10.48 billion to $26.01 billion at December 31, 2003 from $15.53 billion at December 31, 2002, predominantly due to the purchase of U.S. Government and agency bonds. Refer to Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Securities" for additional information on securities, classified by security type.

35



    Loans

        Total loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
  (in millions)

Loans held for sale   $ 20,343   $ 38,782   $ 27,574   $ 3,404   $ 794
Loans held in portfolio:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home     100,043     82,842     79,624     80,181     80,234
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     12,973     10,128     8,209     5,541     3,124
   
 
 
 
 
        Total home loans     113,016     92,970     87,833     85,722     83,358
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     27,647     16,168     7,970     5,772     4,404
    Home construction:                              
      Builder (1)     1,052     1,017     1,623     440     338
      Custom (2)     1,168     932     979     991     905
    Multi-family (3)     20,324     18,000     15,608     15,657     15,261
    Other real estate (4)     6,649     7,986     6,089     3,920     3,585
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     169,856     137,073     120,102     112,502     107,851
  Consumer     1,028     1,663     2,009     1,669     1,438
  Commercial business     4,760     5,133     4,285     1,727     1,395
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans held in portfolio   $ 175,644   $ 143,869   $ 126,396   $ 115,898   $ 110,684
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $325 million in 2003, $491 million in 2002, $385 million in 2001, $90 million in 2000, and $52 million in 1999.
(4)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $382 million in 2003, $469 million in 2002, $608 million in 2001, $177 million in 2000 and $185 million in 1999.

        During most of 2003, loans held for sale remained at elevated levels due to the high volume of fixed-rate mortgage refinancing activity, which the Company generally sells to secondary mortgage market participants. As refinancing activity subsided in the latter part of the year, loans held for sale declined sharply, ultimately resulting in a decline in the year-end spot balance, as compared with the spot balance at December 31, 2002. The increase in loans held for sale in 2002 was primarily the result of the addition of the mortgage operations through the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide in 2002, which coincided with a period of high fixed-rate loan refinancing activity.

        Our loans held in portfolio increased $31.77 billion to $175.64 billion at December 31, 2003 from $143.87 billion at December 31, 2002. This increase was predominantly due to an increase in total home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. As refinancing activity declined during the latter part of 2003, loan volume began to shift away from salable fixed-rate production and into short-term adjustable-rate mortgages, which the Company generally retains in its portfolio. In particular, the portfolio balance of U.S. Treasury-indexed short-term adjustable-rate loans increased from $39.95 billion at September 30, 2003 to $51.49 billion at December 31, 2003. Also contributing to home loan portfolio growth in 2003 was the retention of certain medium-term adjustable-rate mortgages originated during the third quarter of 2003. These products, also referred to as "hybrid" loans, offer fixed interest rates during their initial term, which is typically three or five years, and then convert to an adjustable rate for their remaining life. The increase in the loan portfolio in 2002 was primarily due to the Dime acquisition, partially offset by high levels of loan prepayment activity.

36



        Home, multi-family and other commercial real estate construction loans and commercial business loans by maturity date were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Due
Within
One Year

  After One
But Within
Five Years

  After
Five Years

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Home construction:                        
  Adjustable rate   $ 449   $ 871   $ 56   $ 1,376
  Fixed rate     187     50     607     844
Multi-family construction:                        
  Adjustable rate         244     36     280
  Fixed rate         27     18     45
Other commercial real estate construction:                        
  Adjustable rate     3     201     128     332
  Fixed rate         34     16     50
Commercial business:                        
  Adjustable rate     1,032     2,574     829     4,435
  Fixed rate     5     132     188     325
   
 
 
 
      Total   $ 1,676   $ 4,133   $ 1,878   $ 7,687
   
 
 
 

    Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Checking accounts:            
  Noninterest bearing   $ 27,906   $ 35,730
  Interest bearing     68,318     56,132
   
 
        Total checking accounts     96,224     91,862
Savings accounts     11,029     10,313
Money market deposit accounts     17,971     19,573
Time deposit accounts     27,957     33,768
   
 
        Total deposits (1)   $ 153,181   $ 155,516
   
 

(1)
Includes custodial/escrow deposits related to loan servicing activities of $14.99 billion as of December 31, 2003 and $25.90 billion as of December 31, 2002. Substantially all custodial/escrow balances reside in noninterest bearing checking accounts.

        Deposits decreased to $153.18 billion at December 31, 2003 from $155.52 billion at December 31, 2002. After remaining at extremely high levels throughout most of 2003, custodial balances declined sharply during the latter part of the year due to a marked decline in refinancing activity, which reduced the volume of loan payoffs within the servicing portfolio. Time deposit accounts decreased by $5.81 billion from year end 2002 predominantly as a result of decreases in certificates of deposit accounts. These decreases were substantially offset by increases in interest-bearing checking (Platinum) accounts. Platinum accounts totaled $62.89 billion at December 31, 2003, compared with $50.20 billion at December 31, 2002. During 2003, the number of Platinum accounts increased by more than 300,000.

37


        Checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts increased to 82% of total deposits at December 31, 2003, compared with 78% at year end 2002. These products generally have the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with time deposit accounts. Even though checking, savings and money market deposits are more liquid, we consider them to be the core relationship with our customers. At December 31, 2003, deposits funded 56% of total assets, compared with 58% at year end 2002.

    Borrowings

        Our borrowings predominantly take the form of repurchase agreements from financial intermediaries and advances from the Federal Home Loan Banks of Seattle, San Francisco, Dallas and New York. The exact mix of these two types of wholesale borrowings at any given time is dependent upon the market pricing of the individual borrowing sources.

        Our wholesale borrowings increased by $10.19 billion at December 31, 2003 compared with year end 2002 predominantly due to an increase in repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, which was partially offset by a decrease in advances from FHLBs. Other borrowings increased by $771 million during 2003 substantially due to an increase in outstanding secured lines of credit. Refer to "Liquidity" for further discussion of funding sources at December 31, 2003, compared with year end 2002.

Operating Segments

        The Company uses various methodologies, and continues to enhance those methodologies, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds transfer pricing system, which matches assets and liabilities with the approximate market benchmark of the Company's cost of funds. It is based on the maturities and interest rate sensitivities of assets and liabilities and is designed to extract interest rate risk from the business units and concentrate it in the Treasury Division, where it is managed. This system measures the interest margin that is contributed by individual products, customers and organizational units; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio for loan products within each segment, which differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This methodology is used to provide segment management with provision information for strategic decision making; (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments; (4) the allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition; (5) capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment; and (6) an economic capital model which is the framework for assessing business performance on a risk-adjusted basis. Changing economic conditions, further research and new data may lead to the update of the capital allocation assumptions.

        On September 30, 2003, the Company announced the realignment of its operating segment structure. As a result of this realignment, the Company's products and services are now grouped into two primary categories—those marketed to retail consumers and those marketed to commercial customers. The financial information reported for the Company's operating segments is presented under this recently realigned structure. Historical periods have been restated to conform to this new presentation.

38



        The following table presents the operating segments, under both the previous and newly aligned segment structure:


 
  Previous Segment Structure

  Current Segment Structure


 
   
   
   
  Consumer Group

   
 
   
   
   
 
   
Product or Service

  Banking
and
Financial
Services
Group

  Home
Loans and
Insurance
Services
Group

  Specialty
Finance
Group

  Retail
Banking
and
Financial
Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group


Deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers   X           X        

Home equity loan products and consumer lending   X           X        

Investment advisory and brokerage services   X           X        

Business banking   X                   X

Originating (1) and servicing home loans       X           X    

Originating (1) and selling home loans on the secondary market       X           X    

Home loan portfolio       X       X        

Insurance products and services       X           X    

Specialty mortgage finance: purchased subprime home loan portfolio       X       X        

Specialty mortgage finance: Long Beach Mortgage       X               X

Loans to developers and investors for the construction and purchase of multi-family dwellings, other commercial properties and new homes           X           X

Servicing multi-family and other commercial real estate loans           X           X

(1)
Includes home loans purchased from correspondents.

        The Consumer Group provides access to customers through a wide range of channels, which encompass a network of retail banking stores, retail and wholesale home loan centers and ATMs. Additionally, 24-hour service is provided through telephone call centers and online banking. The Consumer Group consists of two distinct operating segments for which separate financial reports are prepared: the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment, and the Mortgage Banking segment.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services segment offers a diversified set of products and financial services to individual consumers. These products and services include deposit products such as the Company's signature free checking and Platinum accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and time deposit accounts. Loan products include home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. This segment also holds those home loans originated and serviced by the Mortgage Banking segment for retention in the Company's loan portfolio, and purchased subprime home loans. Financial services offered by this segment include the Company's mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc., which provides investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services,

39



and investment advisory and securities brokerage services that are offered by WM Financial Services, Inc., a licensed broker-dealer. Fixed annuities are also offered to the public through licensed banking employees.

        The Mortgage Banking segment originates and services home loans that are sold to secondary market participants and loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment. Costs incurred by the Mortgage Banking segment for servicing the Company's home loan portfolio are charged to the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment. Insurance services that complement the mortgage process, such as private mortgage insurance and property and casualty insurance policies, are also offered by this segment. This segment also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities and offers a variety of life insurance policies.

        The Commercial Group's activities are managed as one operating segment. This group's products and services include loans made to developers and investors of multi-family and other commercial real estate properties, commercial real estate loan servicing, selling commercial real estate loans to secondary market participants, mortgage banker financing and loans made to small- and mid-sized businesses. The Group also provides financing to builders for the construction of new homes. Through Long Beach Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and a component of the Company's specialty mortgage finance program, the Commercial Group originates and services home loans made to higher-risk borrowers that are sold to private and other secondary market participants.

    Consumer Group

    Retail Banking and Financial Services

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 4,018   $ 3,813   $ 3,060   5 % 25 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     146     282     218   (48 ) 29  
  Noninterest income     2,497     2,243     1,817   11   23  
  Inter-segment revenue     179     96     62   86   55  
  Noninterest expense     3,950     3,562     2,551   11   40  
   
 
 
         
  Income before income taxes     2,598     2,308     2,170   13   6  
  Income taxes     996     880     816   13   8  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 1,602   $ 1,428   $ 1,354   12   5  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio (1)     51.27 %   49.79 %   49.26 % 3   1  
  Average loans   $ 121,119   $ 114,149   $ 98,364   6   16  
  Average assets     133,004     125,682     107,556   6   17  
  Average deposits     125,440     112,034     81,194   12   38  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        Net income increased to $1,602 million in 2003, compared with $1,428 million in 2002 and $1,354 million in 2001. Net interest income increased to $4,018 million in 2003 from $3,813 million in 2002 and $3,060 million in 2001. The increase in net interest income was the result of growth experienced in interest-bearing checking balances, predominantly consisting of Platinum accounts, which increased the amount of credits received through the funds transfer pricing process. Also contributing to the increase

40



was a decrease in interest rates paid to customers holding Platinum checking accounts. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest income received from loans, as a result of the continued downward pricing of the loan portfolio to current market levels. The overall increase in net interest income for 2002 was driven mostly by higher home equity loans and lines of credit balances.

        Noninterest income increased to $2,497 million in 2003, compared with $2,243 million in 2002 and $1,817 million in 2001. These increases in noninterest income were primarily a result of an increase in depositor and other retail banking fees due to higher levels of checking fees, resulting from an increase in the number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts and an increase in debit card and ATM related income.

        Noninterest expense increased to $3,950 million in 2003, compared with $3,562 million in 2002 and $2,551 million in 2001. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily a result of an increase in employee base compensation and benefits expense, which was due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the opening of 260 new retail banking stores during the year. Also contributing to the increase was an increase in occupancy and equipment expense resulting from the expansion of the Company's distribution network. The increase in 2002 was primarily the result of an increase in the goodwill cost of capital allocation and an increase in higher employee compensation and benefits expense due to the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions.

        Total average assets increased by 6%, or $7,322 million in 2003 and increased 17%, or $18,126 million in 2002. The increase in 2003 was substantially due to an increase in home equity loans and lines of credit and an increase in the purchased subprime portfolio. The increase in 2002 was primarily driven by an increase in home equity loans and lines of credit and home loan mortgages.

        Total average deposits increased by 12%, or $13,406 million in 2003 and by 38%, or $30,840 million in 2002. These increases were substantially driven by the growth in Platinum accounts, partially offset by decreases in money market and time deposit accounts.

    Mortgage Banking

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 2,462   $ 1,774   $ 878   39 % 102 %
  Noninterest income     2,980     2,365     1,288   26   84  
  Inter-segment expense     179     96     62   86   55  
  Noninterest expense     3,105     2,293     1,134   35   102  
   
 
 
         
  Income before income taxes     2,158     1,750     970   23   80  
  Income taxes     827     655     376   26   74  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 1,331   $ 1,095   $ 594   22   84  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio (1)     55.03 %   51.67 %   50.55 % 7   2  
  Average loans   $ 42,626   $ 28,666   $ 18,169   49   58  
  Average assets     69,900     48,560     26,356   44   84  
  Average deposits     27,112     13,583     7,591   100   79  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

41


        Net income increased to $1,331 million in 2003, compared with $1,095 million in 2002 and $594 million in 2001. Net interest income increased to $2,462 million in 2003 from $1,774 million in 2002 and $878 million in 2001. These increases in net interest income were primarily the result of the higher levels of loans held for sale due to extremely high refinancing activity which resulted in a large increase in salable loan volume.

        Noninterest income increased to $2,980 million in 2003, compared with $2,365 million in 2002 and $1,288 million in 2001. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to a recovery, net of changes in risk management instruments, in the MSR impairment valuation allowance during 2003. This recovery was largely the result of an increase in mortgage rates during the second half of the year, which decreased the expected prepayment rate on the Company's servicing portfolio. The increase in 2003 was partially offset by an increase in MSR amortization. MSR amortization increased due to high levels of prepayment activity in the first half of 2003, and from the purchase of HomeSide in the fourth quarter of 2002, which increased the amortization base of the MSR. The increase in 2002 was largely due to increases in loan servicing fees, revaluation gain from derivatives and gain from other available-for-sale securities. This increase was partially offset by an increase in MSR impairment.

        Noninterest expense increased to $3,105 million in 2003, compared with $2,293 million in 2002 and $1,134 million in 2001. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily the result of an increase in employee base compensation and benefits expense, which was due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the refinancing activity during the year. Also contributing to the increase was higher occupancy and equipment expense resulting from a write down of capitalized technology costs and the expansion of the Company's distribution network. The increase in 2002 was primarily driven by increases in compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment expense related to the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions. The goodwill cost of capital charge related to the Dime acquisition also contributed to the increase in 2002.

        Total average assets increased by 44%, or $21,340 million in 2003 and increased by 84%, or $22,204 million in 2002. These increases were primarily due to the elevated levels of loans held for sale that resulted from high levels of fixed-rate mortgage refinancing activity during 2003 and 2002, which the Company generally sells to secondary mortgage market participants. After remaining at high levels throughout much of 2003, loans held for sale sharply declined towards the latter part of the year due to a decline in refinancing activity.

        Total average deposits increased by 100%, or $13,529 million in 2003 and by 79%, or $5,992 million in 2002. These increases were substantially due to elevated levels in refinancing activity during both years, which resulted in high levels of custodial deposits from prepayment activity in the loan servicing portfolio. After remaining at high levels throughout much of 2003, custodial balances sharply declined towards the latter part of the year due to a decline in refinancing activity.

42



    Commercial Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 1,323   $ 1,179   $ 915   12 % 29 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     115     202     119   (43 ) 70  
  Noninterest income     476     508     429   (6 ) 18  
  Noninterest expense     561     514     373   9   38  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     1,123     971     852   16   14  
  Income taxes     405     352     310   15   14  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations     718     619     542   16   14  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     87     72     61   21   18  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 805   $ 691   $ 603   16   15  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio (1)     24.68 %   23.76 %   22.90 % 4   4  
  Average loans   $ 35,695   $ 33,106   $ 29,061   8   14  
  Average assets     44,376     40,171     35,176   10   14  
  Average deposits     5,407     4,014     3,855   35   4  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        Net income increased to $805 million in 2003, compared with $691 million in 2002 and $603 million in 2001. Net interest income increased to $1,323 million in 2003, from $1,179 million in 2002 and $915 million in 2001. These increases were mostly due to lower funding costs resulting from reduced interest rates and higher average balances of home loans held for sale and multi-family loans.

        Noninterest income decreased to $476 million in 2003, compared with $508 million in 2002 and $429 million in 2001. This decrease was predominantly due to lower gain from mortgage loans, partially offset by nonrefundable fees received as consideration for swapping approximately $6 billion of multi-family loans with Freddie Mac and receiving beneficial interests in those loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities. Higher loan prepayment fees during 2003 also offset the decrease. The increase in 2002 was mostly due to higher loan related income and revaluation adjustments on residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations.

        Noninterest expense was $561 million in 2003, compared with $514 million in 2002 and $373 million in 2001. A significant portion of the increase in noninterest expense was due to an increase in employee base compensation and benefits which was due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the increase in multi-family and other commercial real estate refinancing activity during the year. Also contributing to the increase was higher occupancy and equipment expense resulting from the expansion of the Company's distribution network. This increase was partially offset by lower allocated overhead expense. The increase in 2002 was mostly due to increased compensation and benefits expense and an increase in the goodwill cost of capital allocation from the Dime acquisition in 2002.

        Total average assets increased by 10%, or $4,205 million in 2003 and increased 14%, or $4,995 million in 2002. The increase in average assets in 2003 was largely due to higher levels of home loans held for sale and growth in multi-family loans held in portfolio. The increase in 2002 was driven mostly by higher multi-family and other commercial real estate loans held in portfolio.

43


    Corporate Support/Treasury and Other

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2003/2002
  2002/2001
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income (expense)   $ (530 ) $ 1,068   $ 1,375   % (22 )%
  Provision for loan and lease losses     3     3     7     (57 )
  Noninterest income (expense)     649     (76 )   (74 )   3  
  Noninterest expense     635     635     610     4  
   
 
 
         
  Income (loss) before income taxes     (519 )   354     684     (48 )
  Income taxes (benefit)     (192 )   131     253     (48 )
   
 
 
         
    Net income (loss)   $ (327 ) $ 223   $ 431     (48 )
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Average loans   $ (255 ) $ (435 ) $ (20 ) (41 )  
  Average assets     37,920     58,824     57,875   (36 ) 2  
  Average deposits     5,626     4,885     3,665   15   33  

        Corporate Support/Treasury and Other had a net loss of $327 million in 2003, compared with net income of $223 million in 2002 and $431 million in 2001. Net interest expense was $530 million in 2003, compared with net interest income of $1,068 million in 2002 and $1,375 million in 2001. The decrease in net interest income was predominantly due to decreases in the average balances of available-for-sale securities resulting from sales of mortgage-backed and investment securities and prepayments of mortgage-backed securities that occurred from refinancing activity. The decrease was also attributable to the impact of the funds transfer pricing process. This decrease was partially offset by a reduction in interest expense from borrowed funds, as a result of lower interest rates and higher levels of lower-costing average deposit balances. The decrease in 2002 was primarily due to the impact of the funds transfer pricing process to the results of our Treasury operations.

        Noninterest income was $649 million in 2003, compared with noninterest expense of $76 million in 2002 and $74 million in 2001. The increase in 2003 was predominantly due to gain on sale of mortgage-backed and investment securities.

Off-Balance Sheet Activities

    Asset Securitization

        We transform loans into securities, which are sold to investors—a process known as securitization. Securitization involves the sale of loans to a qualifying special-purpose entity ("QSPE"), typically a trust. The QSPE, in turn, issues interest-bearing securities, commonly called asset-backed securities, which are secured by future collections on the sold loans. The QSPE sells securities to investors, which entitle the investors to receive specified cash flows during the term of the security. The QSPE uses proceeds from the sale of these securities to pay the Company for the loans sold to the QSPE. These QSPEs are not consolidated within our financial statements since they satisfy the criteria established by Statement No. 140 , Accounting for the Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities . In general, these criteria require the QSPE to be legally isolated from the transferor (the Company), be limited to permitted activities, and have defined limits on the assets it can hold and the permitted sales, exchanges or distributions of its assets.

        When we sell or securitize loans, we generally retain the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the sold

44



or securitized assets. Retained interests may provide credit enhancement to the investors and, absent the violation of representations and warranties, generally represent the Company's maximum risk exposure associated with these transactions. Retained interests were $2.36 billion at December 31, 2003, of which $2.34 billion have either a AAA credit rating or are agency insured. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Mortgage Banking Activities" for additional information concerning securitization transactions.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents, as of December 31, 2003, the Company's significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories described below, by payment date or contractual maturity. These contractual obligations, except for the operating lease and purchase obligations, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient.

 
  Payments Due by Period (in millions)
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1 but less
than 3 years

  3 but less
than 5 years

  5 years
or more

Debt obligations (1)   $ 91,558   $ 58,489   $ 16,101   $ 11,337   $ 5,631
Capital lease obligations     76     10     15     12     39
Operating lease obligations (2)     2,158     442     688     410     618
Purchase obligations (3)     502     138     254     86     24
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations   $ 94,294   $ 59,079   $ 17,058   $ 11,845   $ 6,312
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes debt obligations of $2.43 billion from discontinued operations.
(2)
Excludes operating lease obligations of $16 million from discontinued operations.
(3)
Purchase obligations are defined as legally binding agreements whereby the Company commits to a minimum purchase amount of $1 million or more over a specified period of time. Estimated payments for contracts that may be terminated early without penalty are shown through the first termination date, all others are shown through the date of contract termination. Excluded from the table are purchase obligations expected to be settled in cash within 90 days of the end of the reporting period.

        The Company enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of the contracts changes daily as market interest rates change. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 1—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 22—"Derivative Financial Instruments" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

        The Company may incur liabilities under certain contractual agreements contingent upon the occurrence of certain events. A discussion of these contractual agreements under which the Company may be held liable is included in Note 15—"Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under pension and other postretirement benefit plans as described in Note 21—"Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Asset Quality

    Nonaccrual Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Restructured Loans

        Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days or more past due. Additionally, loans in non-homogeneous portfolios are placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due

45


when payment in full of principal and interest is not expected. Management's classification of a loan as nonaccrual or restructured does not necessarily indicate that the principal or interest of the loan is uncollectible in whole or in part.

        Nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets ("nonperforming assets") and restructured loans from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Nonperforming assets and restructured loans:                                
  Nonaccrual loans:                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                
      Home   $ 736   $ 1,068   $ 1,010   $ 509   $ 572  
      Purchased specialty mortgage finance     597     438     292     127     23  
   
 
 
 
 
 
          Total home nonaccrual loans     1,333     1,506     1,302     636     595  
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     47     36     34     27     22  
      Home construction:                                
        Builder (1)     25     42     26     16     15  
        Custom (2)     10     7     10     2     3  
      Multi-family     19     50     56     10     21  
      Other real estate     153     413     376     35     33  
   
 
 
 
 
 
          Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate     1,587     2,054     1,804     726     689  
    Consumer     8     22     16     14     12  
    Commercial business     31     79     100     12     10  
   
 
 
 
 
 
          Total nonaccrual loans held in portfolio     1,626     2,155     1,920     752     711  
  Foreclosed assets     311     328     216     144     195  
   
 
 
 
 
 
          Total nonperforming assets   $ 1,937   $ 2,483   $ 2,136   $ 896   $ 906  
          As a percentage of total assets     0.70 %   0.93 %   0.88 %   0.46 %   0.49 %
  Restructured loans   $ 111   $ 98   $ 118   $ 120   $ 117  
   
 
 
 
 
 
            Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans   $ 2,048   $ 2,581   $ 2,254   $ 1,016   $ 1,023  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        Home loan nonaccruals totaled $736 million at December 31, 2003, down 31% from December 31, 2002. The Company continued its program of selling packages of nonperforming loans that it holds in portfolio. During 2003, the Company sold $619 million of nonperforming loans that it held in portfolio, incurring $38 million in related charge-offs. We will periodically evaluate nonperforming loan sales as part of our ongoing portfolio management strategy.

        Nonaccrual loans held for sale, which are excluded from the nonaccrual balances presented above, were $66 million, $119 million, $123 million, $32 million and $30 million at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. Valuation changes on loans held for sale are reflected as gains or losses within gain from mortgage loans in noninterest income.

        Purchased specialty mortgage finance nonaccrual loans totaled $597 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $159 million from December 31, 2002 primarily reflecting the seasoning and growth of this loan portfolio.

46


        Nonaccrual home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $47 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $11 million from December 31, 2002. However, the percentage of nonaccruals to total loans in this portfolio totaled 0.17% at December 31, 2003, down from 0.22% at December 31, 2002.

        At December 31, 2003, other real estate loans on nonaccrual totaled $153 million, down from $413 million at December 31, 2002. Much of the year-to-date improvement was due to reinstatements, payoffs, transfers to foreclosed assets, and other dispositions in the commercial portfolios, including the Company's exit from the franchise-oriented finance business, which accounted for $132 million of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2002.

        The multi-family portfolio continued to exhibit strong performance, with nonaccrual loans in this category representing 0.09% of total multi-family loans at December 31, 2003, compared with 0.28% at December 31, 2002.

        Commercial business nonaccrual loans decreased $48 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 to $31 million. During 2003, the Company aggressively disposed of or charged-off distressed assets in this portfolio.

        At December 31, 2003, foreclosed assets were $311 million, compared with $328 million at December 31, 2002. The Company's foreclosed assets include residential and commercial real estate as well as a small amount of personal property. While residential secured properties increased $16 million during 2003, declines in commercial and personal property totaled $27 million and $5 million.

        If interest on nonaccrual loans under the original terms had been recognized, such income is estimated to have been $86 million in 2003, $118 million in 2002 and $92 million in 2001.

        Loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses) and nonaccrual loans by geographic concentration at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 
  California
  Washington/Oregon
  New York/New Jersey
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home   $ 48,447   $ 172   $ 6,132   $ 99   $ 9,736   $ 85  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     3,102     62     362     21     1,659     79  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     51,549     234     6,494     120     11,395     164  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     14,070     14     4,242     10     1,618     4  
  Home construction:                                      
    Builder (1)     278         77         75      
    Custom (2)     556     1     323     5     28     1  
  Multi-family     15,589     5     1,258     6     1,885     2  
  Other real estate     1,648     2     1,422     12     1,399     3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     83,690     256     13,816     153     16,400     174  
Consumer     358     1     391     3     63      
Commercial business     621     4     1,698     9     533      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 84,669   $ 261   $ 15,905   $ 165   $ 16,996   $ 174  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     48 %   16 %   9 %   10 %   10 %   11 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

47


 
  Florida
  Texas
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home   $ 7,612   $ 60   $ 1,523   $ 28  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     1,064     38     795     47  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     8,676     98     2,318     75  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     1,448     2     3,188     6  
  Home construction:                          
    Builder (1)     126     9     273     12  
    Custom (2)     45         11      
  Multi-family     57         241     2  
  Other real estate     152     4     491     55  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     10,504     113     6,522     150  
Consumer     47         35      
Commercial business     434     2     421     15  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 10,985   $ 115   $ 6,978   $ 165  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     6 %   7 %   4 %   10 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

 
  Other (3)
  Total
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home   $ 26,593   $ 292   $ 100,043   $ 736  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     5,991     350     12,973     597  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     32,584     642     113,016     1,333  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     3,081     11     27,647     47  
  Home construction:                          
    Builder (1)     223     4     1,052     25  
    Custom (2)     205     3     1,168     10  
  Multi-family     1,294     4     20,324     19  
  Other real estate     1,537     77     6,649     153  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     38,924     741     169,856     1,587  
Consumer     134     4     1,028     8  
Commercial business     1,053     1     4,760     31  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 40,111   $ 746   $ 175,644   $ 1,626  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     23 %   46 %   100 %   100 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Of this category, Illinois had the largest portfolio balance of approximately $5.24 billion and the largest nonaccrual amount of $90 million.

48


    90 or More Days Past Due

        The amount of loans held in portfolio which were 90 or more days contractually past due and still accruing interest were $46 million, $60 million, $86 million, $45 million and $60 million at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. The majority of these loans are either VA- or FHA-insured with little or no risk of loss of principal or interest.

        In prior periods, our held for sale portfolio included an immaterial amount of loans which were 90 or more days contractually past due and still accruing interest. However, as a result of regulatory guidelines issued in December of 2003, delinquent mortgages contained within GNMA loan servicing pools that are repurchased or are eligible to be repurchased by the Company must be reported as loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. As the Company sells most of these repurchased loans to secondary market participants, they are classified as loans held for sale on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Substantially all of these loans are either guaranteed or insured by agencies of the federal government and, therefore, do not expose the Company to significant risk of loss. Our held for sale portfolio contained $2.50 billion, $3.22 billion and $692 million of such loans which were 90 or more days contractually past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. We did not participate in this program prior to 2001.

    Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct components: the formula allowance, the specific allowance (which includes the allowance for loans deemed to be impaired by Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ) and the unallocated allowance. The formula allowance and the specific allowance collectively represent the portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses that is allocated to the various loan portfolios. As the process for determining the adequacy of the allowance requires subjective and complex judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

        The allowance considers losses that are inherent in loan portfolios, but have not yet been realized. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Generally, the Company believes that borrowers are impacted by events that result in loan default and eventual loss well in advance of a lender's knowledge of those events. The time frame between the occurrence of such events and the resulting default and loss realization is referred to as the loss emergence period. Examples of such loss-causing events for home loans are borrower job loss, divorce and medical crisis. An example for commercial real estate loans would be the loss of a major tenant.

        The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors against all loans in what are considered homogeneous portfolios (such as home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and purchased specialty mortgage finance loans). Loss factors are based on an analysis of the historical loss experience of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. These factors may be adjusted for external factors that, in management's judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Such external factors include, but are not limited to, the interest rate environment and housing prices.

        For non-homogeneous loans such as commercial real estate, larger commercial business loans and builder home construction loans, loss factors are assigned based on risk ratings that are ascribed to the

49



individual loans. A specific allowance may be assigned to these loans if they have been individually determined to be impaired.

        Loans, other than those included in homogeneous portfolios, are considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts past due, including interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows. In estimating the fair value of collateral, we evaluate various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in our real estate markets and the level of obsolescence that may exist on assets acquired from commercial business loans.

        Loans that are determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance analysis so as not to double-count the loss exposure.

        In estimating the amount of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios, various assumptions are made. For example, when assessing the condition of the overall economic environment, assumptions are made regarding current economic trends and their impact on the loan and lease portfolio. In the event the national economy were to sustain a prolonged downturn, the loss factors applied to our portfolios may need to be revised, which may significantly impact the measurement of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For impaired loans that are collateral-dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral may deviate significantly from the proceeds received when the collateral is sold. To mitigate the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit losses, the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated component. The unallocated component reflects our judgmental assessment of the impact that various factors have on the overall measurement of credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical data do not provide a high level of precision for risk evaluation, the results of regulatory examinations and findings from the Company's internal credit review function.

        Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.

50


        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,503   $ 1,278   $ 909   $ 942   $ 987  
Allowance transferred to loans held for sale     (3 )   (31 )       (36 )   (1 )
Allowance acquired through business combinations         148     120          
Allowance for certain loan commitments     17     (48 )            
Provision for loan and lease losses     42 (1)   404     426     77     67  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      1,559     1,751     1,455     983   $ 1,053  
Loans charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home     (65 )   (52 )   (29 )   (19 )   (38 )
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     (39 )   (33 )   (25 )   (4 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loan charge-offs     (104 )   (85 )   (54 )   (23 )   (38 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     (14 )   (14 )   (4 )   (3 )    
    Home construction (2)     (2 )   (1 )       (1 )    
    Multi-family     (5 )   (1 )       (2 )   (15 )
    Other real estate     (97 )   (60 )   (35 )   (4 )   (24 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (222 )   (161 )   (93 )   (33 )   (77 )
  Consumer     (69 )   (70 )   (51 )   (41 )   (46 )
  Commercial business     (79 )   (73 )   (49 )   (9 )   (3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (370 )   (304 )   (193 )   (83 )   (126 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home     10     2     2     1     4  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     3             1      
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loan recoveries     13     2     2     2     4  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     1     1     1          
    Multi-family     1     1         1     3  
    Other real estate     17     12     3     1     4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     32     16     6     4     11  
  Consumer     15     13     4     4     3  
  Commercial business     14     27     6     1     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     61     56     16     9     15  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (309 )   (248 )   (177 )   (74 )   (111 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,250   $ 1,503   $ 1,278   $ 909   $ 942  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held in portfolio     0.20 %   0.17 %   0.14 %   0.07 %   0.10 %
Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio     0.71 %   1.04 %   1.01 %   0.78 %   0.85 %

(1)
Includes a $202 million reversal of provision for loan and lease losses recorded in the fourth quarter.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        Charge-offs and recoveries applicable to Washington Mutual Finance Corporation are not included for the years presented in this table due to its status as a discontinued operation. Prior to this change in

51


status, this business unit had accounted for approximately one-third of the total net charge-offs reported by the Company in prior periods.

        During 2003, there were several key events that resulted in a significant improvement in the Company's overall credit quality. First, the Company has been aggressively managing its inventory of nonperforming assets through regular sales of loans. Second, the Company sold its portfolio of franchise finance loans. Finally, the general economic conditions improved significantly in the latter part of the year.

        The Company sold $619 million of nonperforming single-family residential loans during 2003. The resulting charge-offs related to these sales were $38 million. We believe these sales are a more efficient and effective means of dealing with potentially troubled assets than solely managing these assets through the collection and foreclosure process.

        During the fourth quarter, management also achieved a significant improvement in the risk profile of its loan portfolio by entering into sales transactions to dispose of the remaining $385 million portfolio of franchise finance loans. The transaction resulted in a net charge-off of $39 million and a reversal in the amount of the remaining specific reserve of $82 million.

        Beginning in the second half of 2001 and continuing through 2002, the Company provisioned for loan and lease losses in amounts that were in excess of the net charge-offs incurred during those periods. Those decisions reflected management's judgment in response to declining credit quality trends observed in the Company's residential and commercial loan portfolios, growth in its nonperforming loan balance, and the general downturn of the domestic economy. Among other effects, the economic weakness triggered higher levels of unemployment and uncertain implications for real estate values in a number of markets—key factors which affect the Company's estimate of inherent losses within its major loan portfolios. Beginning in 2003, signs of a stabilizing credit environment began to appear, including a favorable shift in certain economic indicators. However, a discernable, positive trend in these indicators was not evident until the release of data in the fourth quarter. This information showed significant growth in the national economy during the third quarter, complementing the ongoing trends of stable housing prices, strong residential construction rates and a continued low interest rate environment.

        In response to the positive implications of these factors—a growing national economy, a significant reduction in nonperforming loans (down $529 million, or 25%, for the year, including a $187 million reduction in the fourth quarter) and the disposition of its highest risk asset portfolio in the fourth quarter—the Company determined that a reduction in the overall size of the allowance was appropriate. Accordingly, a $120 million reversal of the allowance for loan and lease losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003, in addition to the reversal of the remaining franchise finance portfolio specific reserve of $82 million.

52



        An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Specific and allocated allowances:                                            
  Loans secured by real estate:                                            
    Home   $ 321   0.32 % 56.95 % $ 251   0.30 % 57.58 % $ 290   0.36 % 63.00 %
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     84   0.65   7.39     169   1.67   7.04     97   1.18   6.49  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total home loans     405   0.36   64.34     420   0.45   64.62     387   0.44   69.49  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     82   0.30   15.74     46   0.29   11.24     27   0.34   6.31  
    Home construction:                                            
      Builder (2)     10   0.95   0.60     15   1.48   0.71     28   1.73   1.28  
      Custom (3)     8   0.68   0.66     7   0.75   0.65     4   0.41   0.77  
    Multi-family     139   0.68   11.57     146   0.81   12.51     138   0.88   12.35  
    Other real estate     110   1.65   3.79     296   3.71   5.55     161   2.64   4.82  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     754   0.44   96.70     930   0.68   95.28     745   0.62   95.02  
  Consumer     49   4.77   0.59     70   4.21   1.15     71   3.53   1.59  
  Commercial business     72   1.51   2.71     116   2.26   3.57     92   2.15   3.39  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     875   0.50   100.00     1,116   0.78   100.00     908   0.72   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     375   0.21       387   0.26       370   0.29    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 1,250   0.71 % 100.00 % $ 1,503   1.04 % 100.00 % $ 1,278   1.01 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(Continued on next table.)


(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(3)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

53


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2000
  1999
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Specific and allocated allowances:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home   $ 250   0.31 % 69.18 % $   % 72.49 %
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     52   0.94   4.78         2.82  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total home loans     302   0.35   73.96         75.31  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     20   0.35   4.98         3.98  
    Home construction:                              
      Builder (2)     4   0.91   0.38     5   1.48   0.30  
      Custom (3)     3   0.30   0.86         0.82  
    Multi-family     138   0.88   13.51     59   0.39   13.79  
    Other real estate     100   2.55   3.38         3.24  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     567   0.50   97.07     64   0.06   97.44  
  Consumer     70   4.19   1.44         1.30  
  Commercial business     33   1.91   1.49     18   1.29   1.26  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     670   0.58   100.00     82   0.07   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     239   0.20       860   0.78    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 909   0.78 % 100.00 % $ 942   0.85 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(3)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        During 2000, in conjunction with our continued expansion of our lending activity beyond traditional home loans, management enhanced its methodology for determining the allocated components of the allowance. This enhancement resulted in an allocation of previously unallocated allowance amounts to individual loan categories.

Liquidity

        The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the continuing ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet obligations and other commitments on a timely and cost-effective basis. The Company establishes liquidity guidelines for its principal operating subsidiaries as well as for the parent holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc.

    Banking Subsidiaries

        The principal sources of liquidity for our banking subsidiaries are customer deposits, wholesale borrowings, the maturity and repayment of portfolio loans, securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio and mortgage loans designated as held for sale. Among these sources, transaction deposits and wholesale borrowings from FHLB advances and repurchase agreements continue to provide the Company with a significant source of stable funding. During 2003, those sources funded 72% of average total assets. Our continuing ability to retain our transaction deposit base and to attract new deposits depends on various factors, such as customer service satisfaction levels and the competitiveness of interest rates offered on our deposit products. We expect to continue to have the necessary assets available to pledge as collateral to obtain FHLB advances and repurchase agreements to offset any potential declines in deposit balances.

54


        In 2003, the Company's proceeds from the sales of loans held for sale were approximately $325.00 billion. These proceeds were, in turn, used as the primary funding source for the origination and purchases of approximately $315.11 billion of loans held for sale during the same period. As this cyclical pattern of sales and originations/purchases repeats itself during the course of a period, the amount of funding necessary to sustain our mortgage banking operations does not significantly affect the Company's overall level of liquidity resources.

        To supplement our funding sources, our banking subsidiaries also raise funds in domestic and international capital markets. In August 2003, the Company established a new $20 billion Global Bank Note Program for Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA") and Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") to issue senior and subordinated notes in the United States and in international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures. This program replaced the $15 billion program established in April 2001. Under this program, WMBFA will be allowed to issue up to $15 billion in notes, of which $5 billion can be issued as subordinated notes subject to regulatory approval. WMB will be allowed to issue up to $5 billion in senior notes. The maximum aggregate principal amount of notes with maturities greater than 270 days from the date of issue offered by WMBFA may not exceed $7.5 billion. At December 31, 2003, the Company had $20 billion available for issuance under this program.

    Washington Mutual, Inc. and Non-banking Subsidiaries

        Liquidity for Washington Mutual, Inc. is generated through its ability to raise funds in various capital markets and through dividends from subsidiaries, commercial paper programs and lines of credit.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s primary funding source during 2003 was from dividends paid by our banking subsidiaries. Although we expect Washington Mutual, Inc. to continue to receive banking subsidiary dividends during 2004, various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy and retained earnings limit the amount of dividends that can be paid by our banking subsidiaries. For more information on dividend restrictions applicable to our banking subsidiaries, refer to "Business—Regulation and Supervision" and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

        In February 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register $2 billion of debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares in the United States and in international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures. The shelf registration statement was declared effective on April 15, 2003. In November 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. issued $1.65 billion of fixed- and adjustable-rate debt securities. As of December 31, 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. had $350 million available for issuance under this shelf registration statement.

        In addition, in October 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission an additional shelf registration statement under which Washington Mutual, Inc. will be permitted to issue in the United States and in international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures up to $5 billion of debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares. This registration statement became effective in November 2003. At December 31, 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. had $5 billion available under this shelf registration.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. and its non-banking subsidiaries also have various other credit facilities and agreements that are sources of liquidity, including a revolving credit facility totaling $800 million which provides back-up for certain commercial paper programs of Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance as well as funds for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2003, there was $333 million available under this facility for purposes other than back-up of commercial paper. Additionally, Washington Mutual Finance had agreements to participate in a $600 million asset-backed commercial paper conduit program. Subsequently, the Company sold Washington Mutual Finance to CitiFinancial, a subsidiary of Citigroup. The sale was closed on January 9, 2004. Washington Mutual Finance was removed from the $800 million revolving credit facility agreement at that date and the whole

55



amount is now available to Washington Mutual, Inc. The $600 million asset-backed commercial paper was paid off on the closing date. Washington Mutual Finance, now a subsidiary of Citigroup, continues to be responsible for its outstanding unsecured commercial paper and notes.

        Long Beach Mortgage has revolving credit facilities with non-affiliated lenders totaling $4 billion that are used to fund loans held for sale. At December 31, 2003, Long Beach had borrowed $2.7 billion under these credit facilities.

        The Company maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for substantially all eligible employees. In measuring the variables that determine the funded status of the Pension Plan, three of the more significant assumptions that must be estimated are the expected long-term rate of return on the plan's assets, the discount rate and the compensation rate increase that are used to calculate the accumulated benefit obligation. Due to the improvement in the equity market in 2003 we exceeded our long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8%. Additionally, due to the extremely low interest rate environment that has existed throughout 2003, the assumed discount rate for 2003 was lower than 2002, which increased the present value of the December 31, 2003 estimated accumulated benefit obligation. The Company contributed additional funding of $85 million to the Pension Plan during 2003, which was sufficient to prevent the recognition of a pension liability.

        The Company has used an assumed discount rate of 6.50%, an assumed rate of compensation increase of 5.50% and an expected long-term return on plan assets of 8.00% to calculate a net periodic benefit cost of $68 million for 2003. An assumed discount rate of 6.00% and an assumed rate of compensation increase of 5.50% were used to calculate the Company's projected benefit obligation of $1.28 billion as of December 31, 2003. Refer to Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense" for further discussion.

        The table below illustrates the potential impact of 50 basis point increases and decreases in the key assumptions outlined above to the 2004 projected net periodic benefit cost and the December 31, 2003 projected benefit obligation (50 basis points is equivalent to one-half of one percent). The 50 basis point increases and decreases represent the Company's estimate of the changes which may occur over a twelve month period.

 
  Basis Points
  Projected 2004
Net Periodic
Benefit Cost Impact

  Projected
Benefit
Obligation Impact

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Discount rate increase   +50   $ (12.7 ) $ (84.9 )
Discount rate decrease   -50     13.8     94.8  
Rate of compensation decrease (1)   -50     (4.9 )   (9.6 )
Return on assets increase   +50     (6.4 )   n/a  
Return on assets decrease   -50     6.4     n/a  

(1)
Only the rate of compensation decrease is provided because, due to the current economic conditions, it is not anticipated that the assumed rate of compensation increase will be greater than 5.50%.

Capital Adequacy

        Reflecting the increases in loans held in portfolio and investment securities and a decrease in stockholders' equity during 2003, the ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets decreased to 7.17% at December 31, 2003 from 7.48% at December 31, 2002.

56



        The regulatory capital ratios of WMBFA, WMB and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") and minimum regulatory ratios to be categorized as well-capitalized were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
   
 
 
  Well-Capitalized
Minimum

 
 
  WMBFA
  WMB
  WMBfsb
 
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)   5.50 % 5.82 % 10.34 % 5.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets   8.72   9.10   16.36   6.00  
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   10.80   11.23   17.04   10.00  

        Our federal savings bank subsidiaries, WMBFA and WMBfsb, are also required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of assets. WMBFA and WMBfsb both satisfied this requirement at December 31, 2003.

        Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements. At December 31, 2003, both of our broker-dealer subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable capital requirements.

        During 2003, the Company repurchased 65.9 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $40.93 as part of our share repurchase program. Effective July 15, 2003, the Company adopted a new share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors. Under the new program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its common stock, as conditions warrant. This Program replaces the Company's previous share repurchase program. From January 1, 2004 through February 27, 2004, the Company repurchased an additional 16.1 million shares. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.

Market Risk Management

        Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income, fair market values and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Substantially all of our interest rate risk arises from instruments, positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading. They include loans, MSR, securities, deposits, borrowings, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

        We manage interest rate risk within a consolidated enterprise risk management framework that includes an assessment of interest rate risk within our Asset/Liability Management process, which includes the measurement and management of specific portfolios (MSR and Other Mortgage Banking) discussed below. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by a policy reviewed and approved annually by our Board. The Board has delegated the oversight of the administration of this policy to the Finance Committee.

    Overview of Interest Rate Risk

        Increases or decreases in interest rates can cause changes in net income, fluctuations in the fair value of assets and liabilities, such as MSR, investment securities and derivatives, and changes in noninterest income and noninterest expense, particularly gain from mortgage loans, loan servicing fees and the amortization of MSR. Our interest rate risk arises because assets and liabilities reprice, mature, prepay or decay at different times or in accordance with different indices as market interest rates change.

    Types of Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to different types of interest rate risks. These include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment, lifetime cap and volatility risk.

57


    Lag/Repricing Risk

        Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of adjustable-rate assets and liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch in the maturities between assets and liabilities. For example, if our assets reprice slower than our liabilities, the effect of this timing difference, or "lag," will be favorable during a period of declining interest rates and unfavorable during a period of rising interest rates. Lag/repricing risk can produce short-term volatility in net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time.

    Basis Risk

        Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing frequencies but are tied to different market interest rate indices.

    Prepayment Risk

        Prepayment risk results from the ability of customers to pay off their loans prior to maturity. Generally, prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments.

    Lifetime Cap Risk

        The lifetime interest rate caps on adjustable-rate loans limits, or "caps," the interest rate at a contractually determined level. In periods of dramatically rising rates, adjustable-rate loans that have reached lifetime caps will no longer reprice upward.

    Volatility Risk

        Volatility risk is the change to the fair value of an option, or a fixed income instrument containing options (such as mortgages) from changes in the implied market level of future volatility ("implied volatility"). Implied volatility is a key determinant of option value with higher volatility generally increasing option value and lower volatility generally decreasing option value. Mortgage loans generally contain embedded written options so increases in volatility generally decreases their value and decreases in volatility generally increases their value.

    MSR Risk Management

        We manage potential impairment in the fair value of MSR and increased amortization levels of MSR through a comprehensive risk management program. Our intent is to offset the changes in fair value and amortization levels of MSR with changes in the fair value of risk management instruments. The risk management instruments include interest rate contracts, forward purchase commitments and available-for-sale securities.

        The available-for-sale securities generally consist of fixed-rate debt securities, such as U.S. Government and agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities, including principal-only strips. The interest rate contracts typically consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors and forward commitments to purchase mortgage-backed securities. These forward purchase commitments generally consist of agreements to purchase 15- and 30-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities. From time to time, we may choose to embed interest rate contracts into our borrowing instruments, such as repurchase agreements.

        As derivatives, the interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, stand alone interest rate floors and forward commitments are marked-to-market through earnings. Changes in the fair value of MSR risk management instruments are recorded as components of noninterest income.

58



        We measure on a daily basis the fair value and risk profile of the MSR and, when appropriate, adjust on a daily basis the instruments we use to manage MSR fair value changes. The fair value of MSR is primarily affected by changes in prepayments that result from shifts in mortgage rates. Changes in the behavior of how MSR risk management instruments respond to changes in interest rates vary based on the specific instrument. The difference in market indices between the MSR and the risk management instruments results in basis risk. For example, changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps are driven by shifts in interest rate swap rates while the fair value of U.S. Treasury bonds is based on changes in U.S. Treasury rates. Mortgage rates may move more or less than the rates on Treasury bonds or interest rate swaps. This could result in a change in the fair value of the MSR that differs from the change in fair value of the MSR risk management instruments.

        Additionally, changes in long-term rates impact the fair value and the amortization rate of MSR. The fair value of MSR decreases and the amortization rate increases in a declining long-term interest rate environment due to the higher prepayment activity, resulting in the potential for impairment and a reduction in net loan servicing income. During periods of rising long-term interest rates, the amortization rate of MSR decreases and the fair value of MSR increases, resulting in the potential recovery of the MSR valuation allowance and an increase in net loan servicing income. The timing and amount of any potential MSR recovery cannot be predicted with absolute precision because of its dependency on the timing and magnitude of future interest rate increases and the amount of the valuation allowance within each interest rate strata of our loans serviced for others portfolio at the time of the increase.

        We manage the MSR daily against our risk tolerance limits and adjust the mix of instruments used to manage MSR fair value changes as interest rates and market conditions warrant. The objective is to maintain an efficient and fairly liquid mix as well as a diverse portfolio of risk management instruments with maturity ranges that correspond well to the anticipated behavior of the MSR. The mix of instruments we use to manage MSR fair value changes is predicated, in part, on the requirement that we account for MSR at the lower of cost or market value, whereby each interest rate stratum within our servicing portfolio is recorded at the lower of its aggregate fair value or its aggregate amortized cost. This could have resulted in increases in the fair value of MSR that are not marked-to-market through earnings. The Company is poised to apply fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, to a significant portion of its mortgage servicing assets. For that portion which qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, all changes in fair value to the MSR, including situations when the fair value is higher than amortized cost, will be recorded through earnings. We believe this overall risk management strategy is the most efficient approach to managing MSR fair value risk.

        We also manage the size and risk profile of the MSR asset. Depending on market conditions and our desire to expand customer relationships, we may periodically sell or purchase additional servicing. We also may structure loan sales to control the size of the MSR asset. Our net income could be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively implement, execute or manage this strategy.

    Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management

        We also manage the risks associated with our mortgage warehouse and pipeline. The mortgage warehouse consists of funded loans, which are primarily fixed-rate home mortgages to be sold in the secondary market. The pipeline consists of commitments to originate or purchase fixed-rate and, to a lesser degree, adjustable-rate home loans to be sold in the secondary market. The risk associated with the mortgage pipeline and warehouse is the potential change in interest rates between the time the customer locks in the rate on the loan and the time the loan is sold. Generally, loans in the mortgage warehouse are sold within 60 to 120 days after the initial recognition of the rate lock commitment.

        We measure the risk profile of the mortgage warehouse and pipeline daily against our established risk tolerance limits. As needed to manage the warehouse and pipeline risk, we execute forward sales commitments, interest rate contracts, mortgage option contracts and interest rate futures. A forward sales

59


commitment protects us in a rising interest rate environment, since the sales price and delivery date are already established. A forward sales commitment is different, however, from an option contract in that we are obligated to deliver the loan to the third party on the agreed-upon future date. We also estimate the fallout factor, which represents the percentage of loans that are not expected to be funded, when determining the appropriate amount of our pipeline and warehouse risk management instruments.

    Asset/Liability Risk Management

        The asset/liability risk management process oversees the aggregate risk profile of the consolidated Company. Asset/liability risk analysis combines the MSR and Other Mortgage Banking activities with substantially all the other remaining interest rate risk positions inherent in the Company's operations.

        To analyze net income sensitivity, we project net income over a twelve month horizon based on parallel shifts in the yield curve. Management also employs other analyses and interest rate scenarios to evaluate interest rate risk. For example, we project net income and net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios, including non-parallel shifts in the yield curve and more extreme non-parallel rising and falling rate environments. These scenarios also capture the net income and net interest income sensitivity due to changes in the slope of the yield curve and changes in the spread between Treasury and LIBOR rates. Additionally, management measures the sensitivity of asset and liability fair value changes to changes in interest rates to analyze risk exposure over longer periods of time.

        The projection of the sensitivity of net income requires numerous behavioral assumptions. Prepayment, decay rate (the estimated runoff of deposit accounts that do not have a stated maturity) and loan and deposit volume and mix projections are the most significant assumptions. Prepayments affect the size of the balance sheet, which impacts net interest income, and is also a major factor in the valuation of MSR. The decay rate assumptions also impact net interest income by altering the expected deposit mix and rates in various interest rate environments. The prepayment and decay rate assumptions reflect management's best estimate of future behavior. These assumptions are derived from internal and external analysis of customer behavior.

        The sensitivity of new loan volume and mix to changes in market interest rate levels is also projected. Generally, we assume loan production increases in falling interest rate scenarios with an increased proportion of salable fixed-rate production. We generally assume a reduction in total loan production in rising interest rate scenarios with a shift towards a greater proportion of adjustable-rate production, which we generally hold in our loan portfolio. The gain from mortgage loans also varies under different interest rate scenarios. Normally, the gain from mortgage loans increases in falling interest rate environments primarily from high fixed-rate mortgage refinancing activity. Conversely, the gain from mortgage loans tends to decline when interest rates increase as salable loan volume declines and loan pricing becomes more competitive.

        In addition to gain from mortgage loans, the sensitivity of noninterest income and expense also involves estimates. The impairment and recovery of MSR is the most significant element of sensitivity in the projection of noninterest income. Management analyzes MSR on a daily basis and adjusts the risk management instruments based on this daily analysis. The analysis also assumes that mortgage and interest rate swap spreads remain constant in all interest rate environments. Changes in these spreads could result in significant changes in projected net income sensitivity.

        The other components of noninterest income and expense, such as deposit and loan fees and expenses, generally increase or decrease in conjunction with depositor and loan volumes. Loan servicing fees and the amortization of MSR are also dependent on prepayment expectations.

        To manage interest rate sensitivity, management first utilizes the interest rate risk characteristics of our balance sheet assets and liabilities to offset each other as much as possible. Balance sheet products have a variety of risk profiles and sensitivities. Some of the components of our interest rate risk are countercyclical. We may adjust the amount or mix of risk management instruments based on the countercyclical behavior of our balance sheet products.

60


        The slope of the yield curve, current interest rate conditions and the speed of changes in interest rates affect our sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Our deposits and borrowings typically reprice faster than our mortgage loans and securities. In addition, a lag effect is inherent in our adjustable-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities indexed to the 12-month average of the annual yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year ("MTA") and to the 11th District FHLB monthly weighted average cost of funds index ("COFI").

        In periods of rising interest rates, the net interest margin normally contracts since the repricing period of liabilities is shorter than the repricing period of assets. Also, in periods of relatively high interest rates the lifetime cap feature on adjustable-rate loan products may adversely impact net interest income. Typically, the lifetime cap is 300 to 500 basis points above the fully indexed initial rate. The lifetime caps on our existing loan and mortgage-backed security portfolios would not have a material adverse effect on net interest income unless interest rates increased substantially from current levels. The net interest margin generally expands in periods of falling interest rates as borrowing costs reprice downward faster than asset yields.

        When the countercyclical behavior inherent in portions of our balance sheet composition do not result in an acceptable risk profile, management utilizes investment securities and interest rate contracts to mitigate this situation. The interest rate contracts used for this purpose are classified as asset/liability risk management instruments. These contracts are often used to modify the repricing period of our interest-bearing funding sources with the intention of reducing the volatility of changes in net interest income. The types of contracts used for this purpose consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate corridors, interest rate swaptions and certain derivatives that are embedded in borrowings. We also use receive-fixed swaps as part of our asset/liability risk management strategy to help us modify the repricing characteristics of certain long-term liabilities to match those of our assets. Typically, these are swaps of long-term fixed-rate debt to a short-term adjustable-rate which more closely resembles our asset repricing characteristics.

    January 1, 2004 and January 1, 2003 Sensitivity Comparison

        The table below indicates the sensitivity of net income and net interest income to interest rate movements. The comparative scenarios assume a parallel shift in the yield curve with interest rates rising 200 basis points in even quarterly increments over the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and interest rates decreasing by 50 basis points in even quarterly increments over the first six months of the twelve month periods. The net income and net interest income simulations performed for the one year period beginning January 1, 2004 include the effects of securities that were sold during the first quarter of 2004, which had the effect of mitigating both sensitivity measurements. No other actions were taken after December 31, 2003 that would materially change the sensitivities shown in the table. The projected net income and net interest income profile may not be realized and may not be present for non-parallel shifts in the yield curve or changes in the spreads between mortgage, Treasury and LIBOR rates.

 
  Gradual Change in Rates
 
 
  -50 basis points
  +200 basis points
 
Net income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2004   2.45 % (1.96 )%
  January 1, 2003   5.24   3.98  
Net interest income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2004   3.01   (2.57 )
  January 1, 2003   2.32   (5.91 )

        The change in the profile of the MSR and related hedges occurred due to the substantial prepayment activity that occurred throughout 2003. This prepayment activity caused a significant decline in the weighted average rate paid on the loans underlying the MSR; which, in turn, significantly altered the risk profile of the MSR (since the rate paid on the underlying loan is a primary driver of the prepayment risk of

61



the loan). The higher long term rates at year end 2003 compared to year end 2002 additionally affected the risk profile of the MSR.

        Net interest income sensitivity changed since year end 2002 mainly due to changes to the assumptions concerning the repricing of our Platinum checking accounts. Net income sensitivity changed primarily due to changes in the profile of the MSR and related hedge instruments.

Maturity and Repricing Information

        We use interest rate risk management contracts and available-for-sale securities as tools to manage our interest rate risk profile. The following tables summarize the key contractual terms associated with these contracts and available-for-sale securities. Interest rate risk management contracts that are embedded within certain adjustable- and fixed-rate borrowings, while not accounted for as derivatives under Statement No. 133, have been included in the tables since they also function as interest rate risk management tools. Substantially all of the pay-fixed swaps, receive-fixed swaps, payor swaptions, floors and embedded derivatives at December 31, 2003 are indexed to three-month LIBOR.

        The following estimated net fair value amounts from continuing operations have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Asset/Liability Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (748 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 21,894   $ 9,083   $ 3,288   $ 4,745   $ 3,700   $ 553   $ 525  
      Weighted average pay rate           4.30 %   3.97 %   4.13 %   4.38 %   5.02 %   5.00 %   4.66 %
      Weighted average receive rate           1.18 %   1.17 %   1.16 %   1.22 %   1.17 %   1.15 %   1.17 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     401                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 6,440   $ 200   $ 180   $ 1,000   $ 750   $ 750   $ 3,560  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.41 %   1.38 %   0.29 %   1.18 %   3.43 %   1.15 %   1.16 %
      Weighted average receive rate           5.44 %   6.75 %   5.35 %   6.81 %   4.91 %   3.71 %   5.47 %
    Interest rate corridors:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 254   $ 191   $ 63                  
      Weighted average strike rate—long cap           7.60 %   8.14 %   5.94 %                
      Weighted average strike rate—short cap           8.98 %   9.48 %   7.44 %                
    Payor swaptions (1) :     1                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 41       $ 41                  
      Weighted average strike rate           5.89 %       5.89 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 41  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   5.89 %
    Embedded pay-fixed swaps:     (99 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 2,500               $ 2,500          
      Weighted average pay rate           4.09 %               4.09 %        
      Weighted average receive rate           1.16 %               1.16 %        
    Embedded caps:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 500   $ 500                      
      Weighted average strike rate           7.75 %   7.75 %                    
    Embedded payor swaptions (1) :                                                
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 500   $ 500                      
      Weighted average strike rate           6.21 %   6.21 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 500  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   6.21 %
   
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability risk management   $ (445 ) $ 32,129                                      
   
 
                                     

(1)
Interest rate swaptions are only exercisable upon maturity.

(This table is continued on the next page.)

62


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management                                                  
    Forward purchase commitments:   $ 15                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 5,556   $ 5,556                      
      Weighted average price           100.88     100.88                      
    Forward sales commitments:     (122 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 16,795   $ 16,795                      
      Weighted average price           101.08     101.08                      
    Interest rate futures:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 12,874   $ 1,851   $ 1,542   $ 2,255   $ 2,002   $ 5,224      
      Weighted average price           96.17     98.34     96.79     95.64     94.81     94.40      
    Mortgage put options:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 100   $ 100                      
      Weighted average strike price           99.07     99.07                      
    Receive-fixed swaps:     44                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 1,950                   $ 250   $ 1,700  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.17 %                   1.17 %   1.17 %
      Weighted average receive rate           4.79 %                   3.90 %   4.92 %
    Floors (2) :     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 250       $ 250                  
      Weighted average strike rate           1.56 %       1.56 %                
    Payor swaptions:     52                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 3,195   $ 1,050   $ 2,145                  
      Weighted average strike rate           6.48 %   5.94 %   6.74 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 3,195  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   6.48 %
    Receiver swaptions:     8                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 300   $ 300                      
      Weighted average strike rate           4.84 %   4.84 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 300  
      Weighted average receive rate                                   4.84 %
   
 
                                     
        Total other mortgage banking risk management   $ (2 ) $ 41,020                                      
   
 
                                     

(2)
These floors became effective during December 2003.

(This table is continued on the next page.)

63


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  MSR Risk Management                                                  
    Receive-fixed swaps:   $ 201                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 30,588   $ 243   $ 10,500   $ 500   $ 1,800   $ 4,135   $ 13,410  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.33 %   1.16 %   1.35 %   1.66 %   2.77 %   1.17 %   1.17 %
      Weighted average receive rate           3.78 %   5.34 %   2.19 %   4.18 %   4.27 %   3.76 %   4.93 %
    Constant maturity mortgage swaps:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 100                   $ 100      
      Weighted average pay rate           5.24 %                   5.24 %    
      Weighted average receive rate           5.41 %                   5.41 %    
    Payor swaptions:     226                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 13,800   $ 2,800   $ 6,000   $ 5,000              
      Weighted average strike rate           7.12 %   6.66 %   7.32 %   7.14 %            
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 13,800  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   7.12 %
    Forward purchase commitments:     241                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 20,935   $ 20,935                      
      Weighted average price           98.52     98.52                      
   
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 669   $ 65,423                                      
   
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 222   $ 138,572                                      
   
 
                                     
 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Net
Unrealized
Gain/Loss

  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-For-Sale Securities:                  
  MSR Risk Management                  
    Mortgage-backed securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency   $ 486   $ (14 ) $ 472
    Investment securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency     6,275     (156 )   6,119
   
 
 
        Total MSR risk management   $ 6,761   $ (170 ) $ 6,591
   
 
 

(1)
Mortgage-backed securities and investment securities mature after 2008.

64


 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  After
2007

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Asset/Liability Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (1,151 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 29,842   $ 8,416   $ 8,834   $ 3,310   $ 4,709   $ 3,700   $ 873  
      Weighted average pay rate           3.93 %   2.92 %   4.03 %   4.13 %   4.39 %   5.02 %   4.68 %
      Weighted average receive rate           1.56 %   1.56 %   1.53 %   1.56 %   1.58 %   1.66 %   1.37 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     564                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 5,555   $ 825   $ 200   $ 180   $ 1,000       $ 3,350  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.41 %   1.21 %   1.65 %   0.46 %   1.40 %       1.49 %
      Weighted average receive rate           5.83 %   5.40 %   6.75 %   5.35 %   6.81 %       5.62 %
    Interest rate caps:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 181   $ 181                      
      Weighted average strike rate           7.13 %   7.13 %                    
    Interest rate corridors:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 345   $ 90   $ 191   $ 64              
      Weighted average strike rate—long cap           7.86 %   8.63 %   8.14 %   5.94 %            
      Weighted average strike rate—short cap           9.11 %   9.50 %   9.48 %   7.44 %            
    Payor swaptions (1) :                                                
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 5,000   $ 5,000                      
      Weighted average strike rate           6.12 %   6.12 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                         $ 1,000   $ 750   $ 3,250  
      Weighted average pay rate                           6.05 %   6.26 %   6.11 %
    Embedded pay-fixed swaps:     (207 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 2,750                   $ 2,750      
      Weighted average pay rate           4.73 %                   4.73 %    
      Weighted average receive rate           1.74 %                   1.74 %    
    Embedded caps:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 641   $ 141   $ 500                  
      Weighted average strike rate           7.64 %   7.25 %   7.75 %                
    Embedded payor swaptions (1) :     4                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 6,400   $ 5,900   $ 500                  
      Weighted average strike rate           6.14 %   6.13 %   6.21 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                         $ 3,750       $ 2,650  
      Weighted average pay rate                           5.99 %       6.34 %
   
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability risk management   $ (790 ) $ 50,714                                      
  Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management                                                  
    Forward purchase commitments:   $ 101                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 10,193   $ 10,193                      
      Weighted average price           102.38     102.38                      
    Forward sales commitments:     (662 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 41,238   $ 41,238                      
      Weighted average price           102.34     102.34                      
    Mortgage put options:     7                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 7,150   $ 7,150                      
      Weighted average strike price           99.28     99.28                      
   
 
                                     
        Total other mortgage banking risk management   $ (554 ) $ 58,581                                      
   
 
                                     

(1)
Interest rate swaptions are only exercisable upon maturity.

(This table is continued on the next page.)

65


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  After
2007

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  MSR Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (50 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 2,903                   $ 1,950   $ 953  
      Weighted average pay rate           3.77 %                   3.41 %   4.52 %
      Weighted average receive rate           1.41 %                   1.40 %   1.42 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     2,176                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 17,915       $ 561   $ 500   $ 700   $ 1,250   $ 14,904  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.57 %       1.80 %   1.41 %   1.42 %   1.50 %   1.58 %
      Weighted average receive rate           5.65 %       4.35 %   4.54 %   5.31 %   4.33 %   5.86 %
    Floors (2) :     249                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 3,900                   $ 3,900      
      Weighted average strike rate           6.09 %                   6.09 %    
    Receiver swaptions:     415                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 4,000   $ 300   $ 800   $ 2,900              
      Weighted average strike rate           6.21 %   5.42 %   5.73 %   6.43 %            
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 4,000  
      Weighted average receive rate                                   6.21 %
    Forward purchase commitments:     236                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 13,250   $ 13,250                      
      Weighted average price           100.35     100.35                      
   
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 3,026   $ 41,968                                      
   
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 1,682   $ 151,263                                      
   
 
                                     

(2)
At December 31, 2002, none of these floors were effective. These contracts became effective during May and July 2003.

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Net
Unrealized
Gain/Loss

  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-For-Sale Securities:                  
  MSR Risk Management                  
    Mortgage-backed securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency   $ 583   $ 20   $ 603
    Investment securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency     7,268     212     7,480
   
 
 
        Total MSR risk management   $ 7,851   $ 232   $ 8,083
   
 
 

(1)
Mortgage-backed securities and investment securities mature after 2007.

    Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. With the exception of forward purchase

66


and sale commitments, the Company obtains collateral from the counterparties for amounts in excess of the exposure limits and monitors its exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net." At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments was $1.34 billion and $3.76 billion. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2003 and 2002 reduced the Company's derivative counterparty credit risk by $646 million and $1.10 billion. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $323 million and $1.74 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Tax Contingency

        From 1981 through 1985, Ahmanson acquired thrift institutions in six states through Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation-assisted transactions. The position was that assistance received from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation included out-of-state branching rights valued at approximately $532 million. Prior to December 31, 1998, Ahmanson had sold its deposit-taking businesses and abandoned such branching rights in five states, the first of which was Missouri in 1993. Our financial statements do not contain any benefit related to our determination that we are entitled to deductions for the amount of our tax bases in certain state branching rights when we sold our deposit-taking businesses in those states, thereby abandoning such branching rights. Our position is that the tax bases result from the tax treatment of property received as assistance from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in conjunction with Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation-assisted transactions. The potential tax benefit related to these abandonments as of December 31, 2003 could approach $200 million.

        The Internal Revenue Service has completed its examination of the Ahmanson federal income tax returns for the years 1990 through 1998. The return for 1993 included the proposed adjustment related to the abandonment of the Missouri branching rights. A tentative settlement offer has been issued by the Appeals Branch of the Internal Revenue Service. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we do not believe it is appropriate at this time to reflect any tax benefit for this matter in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In addition, losses have been claimed for amounts capitalized as supervisory goodwill for acquisitions made by companies we acquired. The deductions claimed for these total $1.45 billion. Our position is that tax bases resulted from the tax treatment of property received as assistance from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in the same manner as branching rights, and that the tax bases became deductible losses by virtue of new regulatory standards imposed by Congress. The potential tax benefit related to these assets as of December 31, 2003 could approach $550 million.

        The Internal Revenue Service has established a coordinated position and settlement guidelines in opposing the deductibility of the tax loss for supervisory goodwill. Further review by the Appeals Branch of the Internal Revenue Service is expected regarding the position and arguments for deduction of the losses incurred. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we do not believe it is appropriate at this time to reflect any tax benefits for these matters in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill Litigation

        On August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act was enacted. Among other things, the Act raised the minimum capital requirements for savings institutions and required a phase-out of the amount of supervisory goodwill that could be included in satisfying certain regulatory capital requirements. The exclusion of supervisory goodwill from regulatory capital led many savings institutions to either replace the lost capital by issuing new qualifying debt or equity securities or to reduce assets.

67



        To date, trials have been concluded and opinions have been issued in a number of actions in the United States Court of Federal Claims in which savings institutions and investors in savings institutions sought damages from the U.S. Government based on breach of contract and other theories. Generally, in cases in which these opinions on the merits have been issued by the federal claims court, either the plaintiff(s), the defendant (U.S. Government), or both the plaintiff(s) and the defendant, have opted to appeal the federal claims court's decision. Of those appeals, some are now pending before the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and others have been decided. Generally, the appeals have resulted in the cases being remanded to the federal claims court for further trial proceedings. In one case, California Federal Bank v. United States, the plaintiff petitioned and the defendant cross petitioned the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari, both of which were denied.

    Home Savings

        WMBFA, as successor to Home Savings, has continued to pursue a favorable outcome in the lawsuit filed by Home Savings in September 1992 against the U.S. Government for damages from the exclusion from regulatory capital of supervisory goodwill resulting from Home Savings' acquisitions of savings institutions in Florida, Missouri, Texas, Illinois, and Ohio, and of Century Federal Savings of New York, over the period from 1981 to 1985.

        In the Home Savings goodwill litigation, Home Savings and Ahmanson (the parent of Home Savings prior to its acquisition by WMBFA) alleged breaches of contract as well as certain other claims. All claims other than the breach of contract claims have been dismissed by the federal claims court, and proceedings to adjudicate the breach of contract claims were bifurcated into two stages. In the first stage of the proceedings which was concluded in May 2001, the federal claims court held the government to be liable in damages for the breaches of contract alleged by Home Savings and Ahmanson. In the second stage of the proceedings, the court sought to fix the amount of damages, if any, to which WMBFA was entitled in compensation for the breaches of contract. After holding a three-week trial in February 2003, the court on September 3, 2003 entered judgment in favor of Home Savings and Ahmanson and awarded damages of approximately $134 million, which has not been recorded as of December 31, 2003.

        The United States has sought review of this judgment of both liability and damages by the Court of Appeals. As a result of this review, the Court of Appeals could uphold the judgment of the federal claims court or could reverse part or all of the judgment resulting in a reduction in the amount of damages to which WMBFA is entitled or a determination that WMBFA is entitled to no damages. After the Court of Appeals completes its review, the government, or WMBFA, or both may seek further review by the United States Supreme Court, and WMBFA will become entitled to payment of any portion of the damages that ultimately may be affirmed only after all such appeals have been exhausted or the period of time in which appeals may be sought has expired without any appeal being filed. Moreover, the courts could hold that WMBFA is not entitled to receive interest on any principal amount of the judgment that ultimately becomes due.

    American Savings Bank, F.A.

        In December 1992, American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and certain related parties brought a lawsuit against the U.S. Government, alleging, among other things, that in connection with the acquisition of American Savings Bank they entered into a contract with agencies of the United States and that the U.S. Government breached that contract. As a result of the Keystone acquisition, we succeeded to all of the rights of American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and such related parties in such litigation and will receive any recovery from the litigation.

        In connection with the Keystone acquisition, we placed 8 million shares of our common stock into an escrow. As of December 19, 2002, as a result of stock splits, there were 18 million shares in the escrow. Under the escrow arrangement, upon our receipt of net cash proceeds from a judgment in or settlement of the litigation, all or part of the escrow shares were to be released, 64.9% to investors in Keystone Holdings

68



or their assigns, and 35.1% to the FDIC as manager of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund or its assigns. The number of escrow shares to be released was to be equal to the case proceeds, reduced by certain tax and litigation-related costs and expenses, divided by $18.4944. The escrow would by its terms automatically expire on December 20, 2002, absent the occurrence of certain circumstances that would extend it.

        In December, 2002, we contended that these circumstances had not occurred and we notified the escrow agent that the escrow had expired. Accordingly, we instructed the escrow agent to return to us the 18 million shares of our common stock held in escrow, together with the dividends paid on those shares and the interest earned on the cash while in escrow. The Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC objected to such release, contending, among other matters, that the circumstances that would extend the escrow had occurred.

        During much of 2003, we were in discussion with the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC about a possible resolution of our disagreement relating to the escrow. In the third quarter of 2003, the FDIC agreed to sell its contingent interest in the escrow to Escrow Partners, L.P., a partnership owned by investors in Keystone Holdings. In the fourth quarter, we resolved our disagreement with Keystone Holdings and Escrow Partners by agreeing that six million shares of our common stock will remain in the escrow, together with the accumulated dividends and interest earned on the cash, under substantially the same terms as set forth in the original escrow agreement, except that the expiration date of the escrow has been extended to December 20, 2008, subject to certain limited extensions. As a result, in 2003, a total of 12 million shares of common stock were returned to us from the escrow together with $73 million in cash. Approximately $68 million of that cash amount represented dividends paid on the returned shares, which included $53 million paid prior to 2003 and $15 million paid during 2003. Also included was approximately $5 million in interest earned on the cash while in escrow.

    Bank United Corp.

        Prior to its acquisition, Bank United had a similar lawsuit against the U.S. Government. Securities representing interests in this lawsuit were issued to Bank United shareholders. These securities, called contingent payment rights certificates, are currently traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol BNKUZ. We do not own a significant number of these securities.

    Dime Bancorp, Inc.

        In January 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB, filed suit against the U.S. Government for unspecified damages involving supervisory goodwill related to its acquisition of eight troubled savings institutions from 1982-1985. Four of the acquisitions involved financial assistance from the U.S. Government, and four did not. The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB acquired Anchor Savings Bank shortly after the case was brought and Dime Savings Bank assumed the rights under the litigation against the government. Dime Bancorp distributed a Litigation Tracking Warrant™ (an "LTW") for each share of its common stock outstanding on December 22, 2000 to each of its shareholders on that date. In January 2002, Dime Savings Bank and Dime Bancorp merged into WMBFA and the Company. As a result of these mergers, we assumed the litigation against the government and the LTWs are now exercisable for shares of our common stock. For additional information concerning the Dime goodwill litigation and the LTWs, see the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003, File No. 1-14667.

        In a series of decisions issued in 2002, the Court of Federal Claims granted our summary judgment motions as to contract liability with respect to the four acquisitions involving financial assistance, but granted the government's motions with respect to the four unassisted acquisitions. On September 29, 2003, the Court denied the government's motion for summary judgment with respect to the claim for the Company's lost profits, but granted the government's motion with respect to the Company's alternative claims for reliance damages and for the value of the lost supervisory goodwill. Trial on the lost profits claim is expected sometime in 2004.

69


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        For financial statements, see Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 73.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.


PART III

        Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 are incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement issued in conjunction with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 20, 2004, except Item 12, "Equity Compensation Plans Information," which is disclosed below. Certain information regarding our executive officers is set forth in "Business—Executive Officers."

Equity Compensation Plans Information

        The following table sets forth information regarding the Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and other rights granted to employees, directors or consultants under all of the Company's existing equity compensation plans, as of December 31, 2003.

 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 
Plan Category

  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(in dollars)

  Number of securities
remaining available for
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

 
  Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   42,290,572   $ 32.95   37,551,678 (2)(3)(4)
  Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   10,176,185 (1)   36.20 (1) 1,607,663 (5)
        Total   52,466,757     33.58   39,159,341  

(1)
Represents WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan grants approved by the Company's Board of Directors. Does not include stock options that were assumed in connection with the Company's acquisition of certain companies. The assumed options are for the purchase of 2,615,378 shares of Common Stock and have a weighted-average exercise price of $17.47 per share. In the event that any assumed option is not exercised, no further option to purchase shares of Common Stock will be issued in place of such unexercised option.
(2)
Includes 3,355,062 shares of Common Stock remaining available for purchase under the Company's Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 32,154,546 shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP").
(3)
The 2003 EIP provides that each of the Company's nonemployee directors who is a nonemployee director on the third Tuesday of each December receives an automatic stock option grant to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted in connection with a stock split). See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plans."
(4)
Under the Company's 2003 EIP, the Company may grant restricted stock or stock units, including performance shares. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan."
(5)
Includes shares cancelled and available for issuance under the WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans.

Non-Shareholder Approved Plan

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants have been made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." In 1997, the Board of Directors approved a plan under which eligible employees were granted nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, the

70


Board adopted a new plan to grant additional nonqualified stock options to eligible employees ("1999 WAMU Shares"). On February 13, 2001, the Board adopted a third plan and granted nonqualified options to eligible employees ("2001 WAMU Shares"). On September 17, 2002, the Board amended the 2001 WAMU Shares Plan to provide for an additional grant of nonqualified options to eligible employees effective September 3, 2002. The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares Plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest one to three years after the award date and expire five to ten years from the award date.


PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)
(1) Financial Statements

        See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 73.

    (2)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

(b)
Reports on Form 8-K:

        Washington Mutual filed the following reports on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2003:

        1.     Report filed on October 21, 2003. Items included: Item 7. Exhibits, and Item 12. Results of Operations and Financial Condition. The report included a press release announcing Washington Mutual's third quarter 2003 financial results and unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003.

        2.     Report filed on October 27, 2003. Items included: Item 7. Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits. The report included an Underwriting Agreement dated October 27, 2003 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, for the Company to issue Senior Debt Securities totaling $400 million bearing a floating rate and due on November 3, 2005, $250 million bearing a fixed rate of 2.40% and due on November 3, 2005 and $1 billion bearing a fixed rate of 4.00% and due January 15, 2009.

        3.     Report filed on November 13, 2003. Items included: Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure. The report included a press release announcing that its Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2003 contained the correction of an error in its previous accounting for certain components of bank owned life insurance.

        4.     Report filed on December 9, 2003. Items included: Item 7. Exhibit, and Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure. The report included a press release giving revised earnings guidance for 2003 and 2004.

(c)
Exhibits:

        The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index of Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages E-1 through E-7).

71



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 15, 2004.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
     
    /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       


Kerry K. Killinger

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on March 15, 2004.

/s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
DOUGLAS P. BEIGHLE       
Douglas P. Beighle
Director

 

/s/  
ROBERT H. MILES       
Robert H. Miles
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
ANNE V. FARRELL       
Anne V. Farrell
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM G. REED, JR.       
William G. Reed, Jr.
Director

/s/  
STEPHEN E. FRANK       
Stephen E. Frank
Director

 

/s/  
ELIZABETH A. SANDERS       
Elizabeth A. Sanders
Director

/s/  
PHILLIP D. MATTHEWS       
Phillip D. Matthews
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM D. SCHULTE       
William D. Schulte
Director

/s/  
MICHAEL K. MURPHY       
Michael K. Murphy
Director

 

/s/  
JAMES H. STEVER       
James H. Stever
Director

/s/  
MARGARET OSMER MCQUADE       
Margaret Osmer McQuade
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIS B. WOOD, JR.       
Willis B. Wood, Jr.
Director

/s/  
MARY E. PUGH       
Mary E. Pugh
Director

 

 

72


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Independent Auditors' Report   74
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 (Restated)   75
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2003 and 2002 (Restated)   77
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 (Restated)   78
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 (Restated)   79
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   81
Supplementary Data (Unaudited)   151

73



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Washington Mutual, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , on January 1, 2002; and SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions , on October 1, 2002.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the accompanying 2002 and 2001 financial statements have been restated.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
February 16, 2004

74



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  (Restated)
2002

  (Restated)
2001

 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Interest Income                    
  Loans held for sale   $ 2,483   $ 1,917   $ 1,203  
  Loans held in portfolio     7,686     8,675     9,449  
  Available-for-sale securities     1,738     2,951     3,560  
  Other interest and dividend income     256     312     259  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     12,163     13,855     14,471  
Interest Expense                    
  Deposits     2,165     2,661     3,081  
  Borrowings     2,369     3,065     4,898  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     4,534     5,726     7,979  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income     7,629     8,129     6,492  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     42     404     426  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses     7,587     7,725     6,066  
Noninterest Income                    
  Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                    
    Loan servicing fees     2,273     2,237     1,375  
    Amortization of mortgage servicing rights     (3,269 )   (2,616 )   (1,054 )
    Mortgage servicing rights recovery (impairment)     712     (3,219 )   (1,701 )
    Revaluation gain from derivatives     338     2,517      
    Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     543     382      
    Gain from mortgage loans     1,250     1,375     936  
    Other home loan mortgage banking income, net     127     31     132  
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)     1,974     707     (312 )
  Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,818     1,634     1,290  
  Securities fees and commissions     395     362     303  
  Insurance income     188     155     71  
  Portfolio loan related income     439     349     193  
  Gain from other available-for-sale securities     676     768     600  
  Gain (loss) on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (129 )   282     621  
  Other income     489     212     410  
   
 
 
 
        Total noninterest income     5,850     4,469     3,176  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     3,304     2,813     1,829  
  Occupancy and equipment     1,592     1,136     776  
  Telecommunications and outsourced information services     554     507     436  
  Depositor and other retail banking losses     201     204     144  
  Amortization of goodwill             134  
  Amortization of other intangible assets     61     67     33  
  Advertising and promotion     278     234     176  
  Professional fees     267     201     189  
  Other expense     1,151     1,026     699  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     7,408     6,188     4,416  
   
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     6,029     6,006     4,826  
  Income taxes     2,236     2,217     1,783  
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations, net of taxes     3,793     3,789     3,043  

(This table is continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

75


(This table is continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  (Restated)
2002

  (Restated)
2001

 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Discontinued Operations                  
  Income from discontinued operations     137     113     96
  Income taxes     50     41     35
   
 
 
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     87     72     61
   
 
 
Net Income   $ 3,880   $ 3,861   $ 3,104
   
 
 
Net Income Attributable to Common Stock   $ 3,880   $ 3,856   $ 3,097
   
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                  
  Income from continuing operations   $ 4.20   $ 4.01   $ 3.57
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07
   
 
 
  Net Income     4.29     4.09     3.64

Diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income from continuing operations   $ 4.12   $ 3.94   $ 3.51
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07
   
 
 
  Net Income     4.21     4.02     3.58

Dividends declared per common share

 

 

1.40

 

 

1.06

 

 

0.90
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     903,666     943,905     850,245
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     921,757     960,152     864,658

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

76



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  (Restated)
2002

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,018   $ 7,084  
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     19     2,015  
  Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $36,858 and $42,528:              
    Mortgage-backed securities (including assets pledged of $3,642 and $6,570)     10,695     28,375  
    Investment securities (including assets pledged of $19,353 and $10,679)     26,012     15,530  
   
 
 
        Total available-for-sale securities     36,707     43,905  
  Loans held for sale     20,343     38,782  
  Loans held in portfolio     175,644     143,869  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses     (1,250 )   (1,503 )
   
 
 
        Total loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     174,394     142,366  
  Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     3,462     3,703  
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,354     5,341  
  Goodwill     6,196     6,213  
  Assets of discontinued operations     4,184     3,864  
  Other assets     16,501     14,952  
   
 
 
        Total assets   $ 275,178   $ 268,225  
   
 
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deposits:              
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 29,968   $ 37,515  
    Interest-bearing deposits     123,213     118,001  
   
 
 
        Total deposits     153,181     155,516  
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     2,011     507  
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     28,333     16,717  
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     48,330     51,265  
  Other borrowings     15,483     14,712  
  Liabilities of discontinued operations     3,578     3,330  
  Other liabilities     4,520     6,117  
   
 
 
        Total liabilities     255,436     248,164  
Stockholders' Equity              
  Common stock, no par value: 1,600,000,000 shares authorized, 880,985,764 and 944,046,787 shares issued and outstanding          
  Capital surplus—common stock     3,682     5,961  
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (524 )   175  
  Retained earnings     16,584     13,925  
   
 
 
        Total stockholders' equity     19,742     20,061  
   
 
 
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 275,178   $ 268,225  
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

77



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Number
of
Shares

  Capital
Surplus—
Common Stock

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Retained
Earnings

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
BALANCE, December 31, 2000 (previously reported)   809.8   $ 1,425   $ (54 ) $ 8,795   $ 10,166  
  Restatement adjustment (see Note 2)               (28 )   (28 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2000 (restated)   809.8     1,425     (54 )   8,767     10,138  
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income—2001 (restated)               3,104     3,104  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
  Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           (191 )       (191 )
  Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments           3         3  
  Minimum pension liability adjustment           (1 )       (1 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           2,915  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (774 )   (774 )
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock               (7 )   (7 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (7.3 )   (231 )           (231 )
Common stock warrants issued, net of issuance costs       398             398  
Common stock issued to acquire Bank United Corp.   63.9     1,389             1,389  
Common stock issued   6.7     197             197  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2001 (restated)   873.1     3,178     (243 )   11,090     14,025  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income—2002 (restated)               3,861     3,861  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           1,123         1,123  
    Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments           (703 )       (703 )
    Minimum pension liability adjustment           (2 )       (2 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           4,279  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (1,021 )   (1,021 )
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock               (5 )   (5 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (38.0 )   (1,303 )           (1,303 )
Common stock issued for acquisitions   96.4     3,672             3,672  
Fair value of Dime stock options       90             90  
Common stock issued to redeem preferred stock   4.3     102             102  
Common stock issued   8.2     222             222  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2002 (restated)   944.0     5,961     175     13,925     20,061  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income—2003               3,880     3,880  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           (965 )       (965 )
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments           270         270  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment           (4 )       (4 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           3,181  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (1,274 )   (1,274 )
Cash dividends returned (1)               53     53  
Common stock repurchased and retired   (65.9 )   (2,699 )           (2,699 )
Common stock returned from escrow   (12.0 )                
Common stock issued   14.9     420             420  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2003   881.0   $ 3,682   $ (524 ) $ 16,584   $ 19,742  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents accumulated dividends on shares returned from escrow.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

78



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  (Restated)
2002

  (Restated)
2001

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
  Net income   $ 3,880   $ 3,861   $ 3,104  
  (Income) from discontinued operations, net of taxes     (87 )   (72 )   (61 )
   
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations     3,793     3,789     3,043  
  Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to
  net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                   
    Provision for loan and lease losses     42     404     426  
    Gain from mortgage loans     (1,250 )   (1,375 )   (936 )
    Gain from securities     (996 )   (802 )   (717 )
    Revaluation gain from derivatives     (338 )   (2,517 )    
    Loss (gain) on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     129     (282 )   (621 )
    Depreciation and amortization     3,864     3,197     1,620  
    Mortgage servicing rights (recovery) impairment     (712 )   3,219     1,701  
    Stock dividends from Federal Home Loan Banks     (113 )   (191 )   (216 )
    Origination and purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments     (315,106 )   (228,199 )   (134,101 )
    Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale     324,999     220,856     118,389  
    (Increase) decrease in other assets     (770 )   (695 )   1,454  
    (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (1,038 )   2,457     (1,141 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided (used) by operating activities     12,504     (139 )   (11,099 )
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of securities     (41,052 )   (54,197 )   (60,066 )
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of mortgage-backed securities     12,740     8,929     20,202  
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of other available-for-sale securities     28,425     65,811     31,614  
  Principal payments on securities     9,422     9,056     11,830  
  Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     (336 )   (4 )   (8 )
  Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     719     798      
  Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights     638     997     174  
  Origination and purchases of loans held in portfolio     (114,828 )   (76,777 )   (42,907 )
  Principal payments on loans held in portfolio     83,815     66,098     41,493  
  Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets     479     333     257  
  Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements     1,996     466     (2,416 )
  Net cash used for acquisitions         (3,185 )   (13,818 )
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (1,053 )   (1,030 )   (746 )
  Proceeds from sale of real estate held for investment     149          
  Purchases of bank-owned life insurance         (600 )    
   
 
 
 
      Net cash (used) provided by investing activities     (18,886 )   16,695     (14,391 )

(The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

79


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  (Restated)
2002

  (Restated)
2001

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  (Decrease) increase in deposits     (2,335 )   33,400     19,463  
  Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings     17,440     (17,058 )   24,448  
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     10,761     34,672     11,484  
  Repayments of long-term borrowings     (13,087 )   (44,184 )   (24,304 )
  Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     91,973     35,827     135,015  
  Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (94,885 )   (53,458 )   (139,255 )
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,274 )   (1,026 )   (781 )
  Cash dividends returned     68          
  Repurchase of common stock     (2,699 )   (1,303 )   (231 )
  Common stock warrants issued             398  
  Other     354     200     169  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities     6,316     (12,930 )   26,406  
   
 
 
 
    (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (66 )   3,626     916  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     7,084     3,458     2,542  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 7,018   $ 7,084   $ 3,458  
   
 
 
 

Noncash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loans exchanged for mortgage-backed securities   $ 2,854   $ 12,274   $ 2,399  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure     479     447     345  
Fair value of Bank United Corp. assets acquired             19,034  
Fair value of Bank United Corp. liabilities acquired             17,374  

Cash Paid During the Year For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest on deposits     2,193     2,660     3,057  
Interest on borrowings     2,427     2,960     5,199  
Income taxes     2,829     3,201     1,438  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

80



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual" or the "Company") is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. The Company accepts deposits from the general public, originates, purchases, services and sells home loans, makes consumer, home equity and commercial real estate loans (primarily loans secured by multi-family properties), and engages in certain commercial banking activities such as providing credit facilities and cash management and deposit services. The Company originates, purchases from correspondents, sells and services loans to higher-risk borrowers through its specialty mortgage finance program. The Company also markets annuities and other insurance products, offers full service securities brokerage services and acts as the investment advisor to, and the distributor of, mutual funds.

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Washington Mutual, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Other affiliates in which there is at least 20% ownership are generally accounted for by the equity method; those in which there is less than 20% ownership and which do not have readily determinable market values are generally carried at cost. Assets that are accounted for by either the equity or cost method are reported in other assets. Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2002 and 2001 Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the 2003 presentation. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        The Company has a concentration of operations in California. At December 31, 2003, 46% of the Company's loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio and 55% of the Company's deposits were concentrated in California.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For the purpose of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments and commercial paper with an initial maturity of three months or less.

    Available-for-Sale Securities

        Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are considered to be available for sale and are reported at their fair value, with unrealized gains and losses calculated using the specific identification method, and reported, net of applicable taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are recorded in noninterest income. Other than temporary declines in fair value are recognized in the income statement as loss from securities.

    Loans Held for Sale

        Loans held for sale include loans originated or purchased from correspondent lenders that the Company intends to sell in the secondary market. The Company enters into forward sales agreements,

81



interest rate contracts, mortgage option contracts and interest rate futures to manage interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or market value. To the extent that the hedging of those loans qualifies for fair value hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , they are recorded at fair value.

    Loans Held in Portfolio

        Loans held in portfolio are recorded at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan costs or fees and any discounts received or premiums paid on purchased loans. Deferred costs or fees, discounts and premiums are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan adjusted for actual prepayments.

    Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct components: the formula allowance, the specific allowance (which includes the allowance for loans deemed to be impaired by Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ) and the unallocated allowance. The formula allowance and the specific allowance collectively represent the portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses that is allocated to the various loan portfolios. The allowance considers losses that are inherent in the loan portfolios but have not yet been realized. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

        The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors against all loans in what are considered homogeneous portfolios (such as home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and purchased specialty mortgage finance loans). Loss factors are based on an analysis of the historical loss experience of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. These factors may be adjusted for external factors that, in management's judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Such external factors include, but are not limited to, the interest rate environment and housing prices.

        For non-homogeneous loans such as commercial real estate, larger commercial business loans and builder home construction loans, loss factors are assigned based on risk ratings that are ascribed to the individual loans. A specific allowance may be assigned to these loans if they have been individually determined to be impaired.

        Loans, other than those included in homogeneous portfolios, are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts past due, including interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows.

        Loans that are determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance analysis so as not to double-count the loss exposure.

82



        The unallocated component of the allowance reflects management's judgmental assessment of the impact that various factors have on the overall measurement of credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical data do not provide a high level of precision for risk evaluation, the results of regulatory examinations and findings from the Company's internal credit review function.

        When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The existence of some or all of the following conditions will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability or intent to bring the loan current; the borrower has insufficient assets to repay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no prospect for improvement.

        Consumer loans are entirely charged off when they are determined to be uncollectible or when they reach a predetermined number of days past due, depending upon loan product and other factors. Home loans secured by real estate are written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral (less projected cost to sell) when they are 180 days past due.

        The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company's control. These factors may result in losses or recoveries differing significantly from those provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Nonaccrual Loans

        Loans for which interest is not being accrued are referred to as loans on nonaccrual status. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days past due. Additionally, loans in non-homogeneous portfolios, such as commercial real estate, commercial business loans and builder home construction loans, are placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due when payment in full of principal and interest is not expected. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest accrued, but not collected, is reversed.

        Loans in homogeneous portfolios are returned to accrual status when the borrower brings the loan to less than 30 days past due. Additionally, loans in the non-homogeneous portfolio are returned to accrual status when, in management's opinion, projected cash proceeds are sufficient to repay both principal and interest.

    Restructured Loans

        In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured (accruing) loan. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified are not considered to be impaired loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring.

        Generally, restructured loans in the non-homogeneous portfolios remain on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower will be able to comply with the new terms and may result in the loan being

83



returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

    Foreclosed Assets

        Foreclosed assets are accounted for at the lower of fair value (less estimated costs to sell) or cost.    The amount the Company ultimately recovers from foreclosed assets may differ substantially from the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond the Company's control or because of changes in the Company's strategy for sale of the property.

    Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks

        The Company's investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLBs") is carried at cost since it is not a readily marketable security.

    Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

        Washington Mutual securitizes, sells and services interests in residential home loans and commercial real estate loans. When the Company sells or securitizes loans, it generally retains the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, or other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. Gain on sale of the assets depends, in part, on the Company's allocation of the previous carrying amount of the assets to the retained interests. Previous carrying amounts are allocated in proportion to the relative fair values of the assets sold and the interests retained.

        Quoted market prices, if available, are used to obtain fair values of senior, subordinated and residual interests. Generally, quoted market prices for subordinated and residual interests are not available; therefore, the Company estimates the fair values based upon the present value of the associated expected future cash flows. In determining the fair value of subordinated and residual interests, management is required to make assumptions about future prepayment rates, discount rates, expected credit losses, and other factors that impact the value of retained interests. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Mortgage Banking Activities."

        The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") is determined by reference to internally developed estimates of fair value primarily based on the following characteristics:

        The Company records MSR when the expected future cash flows from servicing are expected to be more than adequate compensation for such services. Adequate compensation refers to the condition that exists when a mortgage servicer is able to make a level of profit that is considered reasonable by secondary market participants. The projected cash flows that exceed this adequate compensation level are capitalized as MSR.

        The Company stratifies its MSR based on the predominant characteristics of the underlying financial assets. The effect of changes in market interest rates on estimated rates of loan prepayments is the predominant risk characteristic of the MSR. For purposes of measuring impairment, the Company has determined that three interest rate bands are adequate to create strata of loans that will have similar

84



prepayment characteristics. Loans are also grouped according to other characteristics such as whether they have fixed or adjustable rates, whether they have been securitized through government-sponsored enterprises or in private transactions and whether or not they are loans to higher risk borrowers, as discount rates, costs to service, and other important valuation factors differ according to those features.

        The following is a summary of the MSR strata used by the Company to assess impairment:

Loan Type

  Rate Band at December 31, 2003
Adjustable   All loans
Government-sponsored enterprises   6.00% and below
Government-sponsored enterprises   6.01% to 7.49%
Government-sponsored enterprises   7.50% and above
Government   6.00% and below
Government   6.01% to 7.49%
Government   7.50% and above
Private   6.00% and below
Private   6.01% to 7.49%
Private   7.50% and above
Master servicing   All loans
Specialty home loans   All loans
Multi-family   All loans

        Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each individual stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect the amount, if any, by which the cost basis of the MSR for a given stratum exceeds its fair value. Any fair value in excess of the cost basis of MSR for a given stratum is not recognized.

        The Company records an other than temporary impairment of the MSR for any loss in value that is not expected to recover in the foreseeable future. The amount of the other than temporary impairment is determined by selecting an appropriate interest rate shock to estimate the amount of MSR fair value that might be expected to recover in the foreseeable future. To the extent that the gross carrying value of the MSR exceeds the estimated recoverable amount, that portion of the gross carrying value of MSR and the related portion of valuation reserve would be written off as other than temporary impairment.

        Because quoted market prices from active markets are not readily available, a present value cash flow model is used to estimate the value that the MSR could be sold for in the open market as of the valuation date. The most important assumptions used in the MSR valuation model are the anticipated rate of loan prepayments and discount rates. Other assumptions such as the cost to service the underlying loans, foreclosure costs, ancillary income and float rates are also used in determining the value of the MSR.

        All of the assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of these assumptions is confirmed through surveys conducted with independent brokers. They are reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis. In addition, independent broker appraisals of the fair value of the MSR portfolio are obtained at least annually to confirm the reasonableness of the value generated by the MSR valuation model.

    Premises and Equipment

        Land, buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at amortized cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated

85



useful life of newly constructed buildings is 40 years and the lives of new assets that are added to existing buildings are based on the remaining life of the original building. The estimated useful life for equipment is 3-10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or lease terms. The Company reviews buildings, leasehold improvements, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may not generate enough income to recover its carrying value. Impairment exists when, and in the amount by which, the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. Other intangible assets include core deposit intangibles and other finite-life intangible assets; these assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 7-10 years. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually or more frequently if the presence of certain circumstances indicates that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing is also performed periodically on amortizing intangible assets. Other intangible assets are classified as other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

    Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities ("repurchase agreements"). Under these arrangements, the Company transfers legal control over the assets but still retains effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition while the securities underlying the agreements remain in the respective asset accounts. These securities are classified as pledged.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure , which amends Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . This Statement provides alternative methods of transitioning, on a voluntary basis, from the intrinsic value method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. For such awards, fair value is estimated using a binomial option pricing model, with compensation expense recognized in earnings over the required service period. Stock-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2003, and not modified after December 31, 2002, will continue to be accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25, and the pro forma presentation of what the impact to the financial statements would be if these awards were accounted for on the fair value basis will continue to be disclosed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements until the last of those awards vest in 2005.

        Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined using the fair value method consistent with Statement No. 123 for all periods presented, the Company's net

86



income attributable to common stock and net income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)

 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,880   $ 3,856   $ 3,097  
Add back: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     56     28     18  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (127 )   (87 )   (46 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,809   $ 3,797   $ 3,069  
   
 
 
 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic:                    
  As reported   $ 4.29   $ 4.09   $ 3.64  
  Pro forma     4.21     4.03     3.61  
Diluted:                    
  As reported     4.21     4.02     3.58  
  Pro forma     4.13     3.96     3.55  

        The weighted average grant-date fair values of the options granted during 2003, 2002 and 2001 were calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
Dividend yield     2.53 -  3.50%     2.71 -  3.00%     2.33 -  2.58%
Expected volatility   30.41 - 35.02       30.92 - 35.30       31.03 - 35.66    
Risk free interest rate     2.45 -  3.60         2.25 -  5.15         3.50 -  4.91    
Expected life   4 - 7.5 years   2.75 - 7.5 years   5 - 7 years

    Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company's income tax returns. The comprehensive deferred tax provision for the year is equal to the change in the deferred tax asset or liability from the beginning to the end of the year. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the tax provision in the period that the change is enacted.

        For tax reporting purposes, the Company reports income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting and files a consolidated tax return on that basis as well. The Company's federal tax filings generally include all subsidiaries.

    Earnings Per Share

        Earnings per share are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average

87



number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options.

    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage the various risks associated with certain assets, liabilities, or probable forecasted transactions. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative instrument is designated as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge); (2) a hedge of the variability in expected future cash flows associated with an existing recognized asset or liability or a probable forecasted transaction (a "cash flow" hedge); or (3) held for other risk management purposes ("risk management derivatives").

        In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are recognized in earnings and offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, the changes in fair value will not offset and the difference is reflected in earnings.

        In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

        The changes in fair value of the risk management derivatives held for other risk management purposes are recorded in revaluation gain from derivatives or gain (loss) from mortgage loans if the derivatives are home loan mortgage banking related, or are recorded in other income for derivatives related to other types of asset/liability interest rate risk management.

        The Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy before undertaking the hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge. For hedging relationships in which effectiveness is measured, the correlation between the hedging instruments and hedged items are assessed at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, which includes determining whether the hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued.

        The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item; (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge; or (4) it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period.

        If the Company determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and therefore hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative (if retained) will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item no longer is adjusted for changes in fair value.

        When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings, and the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income

88



will be recognized immediately in earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedging instrument is sold, terminated or de-designated as a hedge, the amount reported in accumulated other comprehensive income through the date of sale, termination, or de-designation will continue to be reported in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction impacts earnings.

        The Company occasionally purchases or originates financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the financial instrument, the Company determines whether an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. This is determined by assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the financial instrument (host contract). Under Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative if the embedded derivative instrument is determined not to be clearly and closely related to the host contract, the host contract is not currently measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings and the embedded derivative instrument separately would qualify as a derivative instrument. As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, all of the Company's embedded derivatives were considered clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore were not required to be separated from their host contracts.

        The Company enters into commitments to make loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). The Company also enters into commitments to purchase mortgage loans through its correspondent channel (purchase commitments). Both rate lock and purchase commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. In addition, purchase commitments for mortgage loans that will be held for investment purposes can qualify as derivatives. Those types of loan commitments are evaluated under the definition of a derivative to determine whether Statement No. 133 is applicable. Rate lock and purchase commitments that are considered to be derivatives are recorded, at fair value, in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. In measuring the fair value of rate lock and purchase commitments, the amount of the expected servicing rights is included in the valuation. This value is calculated using the same methodologies as are used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted using an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments that are not expected to be funded. This policy of recognizing the value of the derivative has the effect of recognizing the gain from mortgage loans before the loans are sold. Both rate lock and purchase commitments expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages that risk by entering into various interest rate contracts that are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reported in gain from mortgage loans.

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46R ("FIN 46R"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN 46R is a revision to the original FIN 46 that addresses the consolidation of certain variable interest entities (e.g., non-qualified special purpose entities). The revision clarifies how variable interest entities should be identified and evaluated for consolidation purposes. FIN 46R must be applied no later than March 31, 2004. The Company adopted FIN 46 as of July 1, 2003. The Company is still in the process of studying and evaluating the impact of FIN 46R. However, at this time the Company does not expect the impact of FIN 46R to have a significant effect on the results of operations or financial condition.

        In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 ("SOP 03-3"), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows

89



expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Although the Company anticipates that the implementation of SOP 03-3 will require significant loan system and operational changes to track credit related losses on loans purchased starting in 2005, it is not expected to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In March 2004, Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105 was issued, which provides guidance regarding loan commitments that are accounted for as derivative instruments under FASB No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . In this Bulletin, the SEC ruled that the amount of the expected servicing rights should not be included when determining the fair value of derivative interest rate lock commitments. This guidance must be applied to rate locks initiated after March 31, 2004. In anticipation of this Bulletin, the Company prospectively changed its accounting policy for derivative rate lock commitments on January 1, 2004. Under the new policy, the expected servicing rights that had previously been recorded at the initiation of the rate lock are not recognized until the underlying loans are sold. The impact that this new policy will have on the Company's results of operations in the first quarter of 2004 will be significantly influenced by that quarter's amount of salable rate lock volume and by the timing of when loan sales are executed. As rate lock volume is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and the timing of loan sales may be affected by market conditions, the Company cannot provide a reliable estimate of the impact this change will have to its future results of operations.

    Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . Statement No. 143 addresses the accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible, long-lived assets. The Statement became effective January 1, 2003 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146 , Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities . This Statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred and be measured at fair value and adjusted for changes in estimated cash flows. Existing generally accepted accounting principles provide for the recognition of such costs at the date of management's commitment to an exit plan. Under Statement No. 146, management's commitment to an exit plan would not be sufficient, by itself, to recognize a liability. The Statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 ("FIN 45"), Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others , which expands on the accounting guidance of Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and incorporates without change the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 34, which is being superseded. This Interpretation requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The recognition requirements of FIN 45 apply prospectively to

90



guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Guarantees" for discussion on significant guarantees that have been entered into by the Company.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . This Interpretation provides guidance on how to identify a variable interest entity and determine when the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of operations of a variable interest entity should be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the variable interest entity's expected losses or receive a majority of the expected residual returns as a result of holding variable interests. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 46 for variable interest entities formed on or after February 1, 2003, which did not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 46 for existing variable interest entities on July 1, 2003, which did not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . Statement No. 149 provides clarification on the definition of derivative instruments within the scope of FASB Statement No. 133. Generally, this Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003, and did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity . Statement No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. This Statement, which was effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and for all financial instruments on July 1, 2003, did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised version of Statement No. 132, Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. The revised Statement requires companies to provide more details about plan assets, benefit obligations, cash flows, benefit costs, and other relevant information. Companies are required to provide (1) a breakdown of plan assets by category (e.g. equity and debt), (2) a description of investment policies and strategies and target allocation percentages or ranges, (3) projections of future benefit payments, and (4) an estimate of contributions to be made in the next year. In addition, companies are required to provide various elements of pension and other postretirement benefit costs on a quarterly basis. Statement No. 132 is effective as of December 31, 2003. The new disclosures are reflected in Note 21 of the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense".

Note 2: Restatement of Financial Statements

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company concluded that the inclusion of certain components (i.e. deferred acquisition costs and claims stabilization reserves) in the cash surrender value of its bank-owned life insurance policies was incorrect. The accounting policy the Company previously used resulted in the overstatement of the cash surrender value of the policies and, accordingly, other noninterest income. This restatement also decreased other assets, and correspondingly, retained earnings by $73 million and $38 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2001. The Company has corrected its accounting

91



for all affected prior reporting periods. The table below shows the impact of the restatements on net income and basic and diluted earnings per share for those periods:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions, except per
share amounts)

 
Net income:              
  Net income as previously reported   $ 3,896   $ 3,114  
  Restatement adjustment     (35 )   (10 )
   
 
 
  Net income as restated   $ 3,861   $ 3,104  
   
 
 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net income attributable to common stock as previously reported   $ 4.12   $ 3.65  
  Restatement adjustment     (0.03 )   (0.01 )
   
 
 
  Net income attributable to common stock as restated     4.09     3.64  

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net income attributable to common stock as previously reported     4.05     3.59  
  Restatement adjustment     (0.03 )   (0.01 )
   
 
 
  Net income attributable to common stock as restated     4.02     3.58  

Note 3: Discontinued Operations

        On November 24, 2003 the Company announced a definitive agreement to sell its subsidiary, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, to CitiFinancial, a subsidiary of Citigroup, for approximately $1.25 billion in cash. This sale was completed on January 9, 2004, resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $660 million to be recorded in discontinued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Income in the first quarter of 2004. Washington Mutual Finance Corporation was included in the Commercial Group operating segment.

        Washington Mutual Finance Corporation is accounted for as a discontinued operation and therefore, the results of operations and cash flows have been removed from the Company's results of continuing operations for all periods presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income, Cash Flows and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, unless otherwise noted. Likewise, the assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation have each been combined and presented as separate captions on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

92


        Results of operations for Washington Mutual Finance Corporation were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Net interest income   $ 433   $ 405   $ 387
Provision for loan and lease losses     153     191     148
Noninterest income     24     63     29
Noninterest expense     167     164     172
Income taxes     50     41     35
   
 
 
Net income   $ 87   $ 72   $ 61
   
 
 

        Assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation have been reclassified to assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        The following is summarized financial information for Washington Mutual Finance Corporation:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 64   $ 125
  Available-for-sale investment securities     130     67
  Loans held in portfolio, net     3,847     3,508
  Goodwill     57     57
  Other assets     86     107
   
 
    Total assets   $ 4,184   $ 3,864
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Commercial paper   $ 1,067   $ 739
  Other borrowings     2,431     2,390
  Other liabilities     80     201
   
 
    Total liabilities   $ 3,578   $ 3,330
   
 

Note 4: Business Combinations

        The business combinations consummated by Washington Mutual, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company"), during 2001 and 2002 have been accounted for using the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was first allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the transaction, with the excess purchase price over the fair values recorded as goodwill. Results of operations for the business combinations are included from the date of acquisition.

        On January 31, 2001, the Company acquired PNC Mortgage for approximately $7 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $3 billion in loans held for sale and $2 billion in MSR. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $350 million. On

93



January 16, 2003, the Company reached a settlement with PNC Bank on the final purchase price of PNC Mortgage, which resulted in an increase of goodwill of approximately $19 million.

        On February 9, 2001, the Company acquired Texas-based Bank United, for a purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $12 billion in loans held in portfolio, $1 billion in securities, $8 billion in deposits and $8 billion in FHLB advances. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $980 million. The Company issued 63.9 million shares of its common stock to acquire Bank United.

        On June 1, 2001, the Company acquired Fleet Mortgage, a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., for approximately $7.5 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $4 billion in loans held for sale and $3 billion in MSR. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $140 million.

        On January 4, 2002, the Company acquired by merger Dime Bancorp, Inc. for a total purchase price of approximately $5.3 billion, which included approximately $1.5 billion in cash, approximately 96.4 million shares of common stock valued at $37.74 per share, the conversion of 111 million Dime Litigation Tracking Warrants™, valued at $0.33 per warrant, into the contingent right to receive the Company's common stock, and the conversion of Dime stock options, valued at approximately $90 million, into options to purchase the Company's common stock. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $16 billion in loans held in portfolio, $6 billion in loans held for sale, $1 billion in MSR and $15 billion in deposits. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $4 billion.

        In two transactions during 2002, the Company purchased for cash HomeSide Lending, Inc., the U.S. mortgage unit of National Australia Bank Limited. The aggregate purchase price of HomeSide was $2.45 billion. The acquisition of HomeSide added approximately $1 billion in loans held for sale, approximately $960 million in net MSR and approximately $130 billion to the Company's portfolio of loans serviced for others. The Company also acquired a proprietary loan servicing platform. In addition the Company assumed $760 million in long-term debt and $750 million in other liabilities.

94



Note 5: Securities

        The amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of securities as of the dates indicated were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 8,687   $ 140   $ (26 ) $ 8,801
  Private issue     1,849     46     (1 )   1,894
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     10,536     186     (27 )   10,695
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     25,950     5     (340 )   25,615
  Other debt securities     247     17     (2 )   262
  Equity securities     125     11     (1 )   135
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     26,322     33     (343 )   26,012
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 36,858   $ 219   $ (370 ) $ 36,707
   
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 19,649   $ 583   $ (5 ) $ 20,227
  Private issue     7,940     216     (8 )   8,148
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     27,589     799     (13 )   28,375
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     14,546     580     (4 )   15,122
  Other debt securities     259     14         273
  Equity securities     134     3     (2 )   135
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     14,939     597     (6 )   15,530
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 42,528   $ 1,396   $ (19 ) $ 43,905
   
 
 
 

95


 
  December 31, 2001
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 17,780   $ 441   $ (23 ) $ 18,198
  Private issue     10,117     264     (11 )   10,370
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     27,897     705     (34 )   28,568
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     30,409     41     (1,143 )   29,307
  Other debt securities     202     5     (3 )   204
  Equity securities     159     2     (7 )   154
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     30,770     48     (1,153 )   29,665
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 58,667   $ 753   $ (1,187 ) $ 58,233
   
 
 
 

        The unrealized losses and fair value of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 12 months or greater were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or greater
  Total
 
  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                                    
Mortgage-backed securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ (23 ) $ 1,759   $ (3 ) $ 163   $ (26 ) $ 1,922
  Private issue     (1 )   79         36     (1 )   115
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     (24 )   1,838     (3 )   199     (27 )   2,037
Investment securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     (340 )   23,536             (340 )   23,536
  Other debt securities     (2 )   1             (2 )   1
  Equity securities             (1 )   7     (1 )   7
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     (342 )   23,537     (1 )   7     (343 )   23,544
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ (366 ) $ 25,375   $ (4 ) $ 206   $ (370 ) $ 25,581
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The realized gross gains and losses of securities as of the dates indicated were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Available-for-sale securities                    
Realized gross gains   $ 1,171   $ 1,424   $ 911  
Realized gross losses     (175 )   (622 )   (194 )
   
 
 
 
  Realized net gain   $ 996   $ 802   $ 717  
   
 
 
 

96


        Proceeds from sales of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio during 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $40.92 billion, $74.66 billion and $51.80 billion.

        Fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Total
Amount

  Yield (1)
  Due
Within
One
Year

  Yield (1)
  After
One But
Within
Five Years

  Yield (1)
  After
Five But
Within
Ten Years

  Yield (1)
  After
Ten
Years

  Yield (1)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Available-for-sale debt securities                                                    
Mortgage-backed securities (2) :                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 8,801   4.05 % $ 29   5.05 % $ 6   4.53 % $ 398   5.21 % $ 8,368   3.99 %
  Private issue     1,894   3.66           3   11.51     23   12.11     1,868   3.58  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total mortgage-backed securities     10,695   3.98     29   5.05     9   6.87     421   5.46     10,236   3.91  
Investment securities:                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     25,615   3.91     23   6.39     10,243   2.91     13,468   4.31     1,881   6.46  
  Other debt securities     262   5.53     2   5.21     14   5.53     39   5.62     207   5.51  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total investment securities     25,877   3.93     25   6.27     10,257   2.91     13,507   4.32     2,088   6.37  
   
     
     
     
     
     
      Total fair value of debt securities   $ 36,572   3.94   $ 54   5.61   $ 10,266   2.91   $ 13,928   4.35   $ 12,324   4.35  
   
     
     
     
     
     

(1)
Weighted average yield at end of year is based on the amortized cost of the securities. The weighted average yield excludes principal-only strips.
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities were allocated based on contractual principal maturities assuming no prepayments.

        Pledged securities having a fair value of $23.00 billion and an amortized cost of $23.20 billion are subject to certain agreements which may allow the secured party to either sell, rehypothecate or otherwise pledge the securities. In addition, the Company pledged securities with a fair value of $3.17 billion and an amortized cost of $3.29 billion under agreement whereby the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the securities. At December 31, 2003, the Company has accepted as collateral, with rights to repledge, securities with a fair value of $413 million.

        At December 31, 2003, there were no securities of any single issuer, other than U.S. Government and agency securities, which exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.

97


Note 6: Loans Held in Portfolio

        Loans held in portfolio consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Loans secured by real estate:            
  Home   $ 100,043   $ 82,842
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     12,973     10,128
   
 
      Total home loans     113,016     92,970
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     27,647     16,168
  Home construction:            
    Builder (1)     1,052     1,017
    Custom (2)     1,168     932
  Multi-family (3)     20,324     18,000
  Other real estate (4)     6,649     7,986
   
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     169,856     137,073
Consumer     1,028     1,663
Commercial business     4,760     5,133
   
 
      Total loans held in portfolio (5)   $ 175,644   $ 143,869
   
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $325 million in 2003 and $491 million in 2002.
(4)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $382 million in 2003 and $469 million in 2002.
(5)
Includes net unamortized deferred loan origination costs of $1.01 billion at December 31, 2003 and $587 million at December 31, 2002.

        The amount of impaired loans and the related specific or formula allowances were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

With allowances   $ 107   $ 418
Without allowances     758     899
   
 
    $ 865   $ 1,317
   
 
Allowance for impaired loans   $ 16   $ 216

        The average balance of impaired loans and the related interest income recognized were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Average balance of impaired loans   $ 1,193   $ 1,248   $ 910
Interest income recognized     57     67     76

98


        Loans totaling $79.44 billion and $75.20 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs.

        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,503   $ 1,278   $ 909  
Allowance transferred to loans held for sale     (3 )   (31 )    
Allowance acquired through business combinations         148     120  
Allowance for certain loan commitments     17     (48 )    
Provision for loan and lease losses     42 (1)   404     426  
   
 
 
 
      1,559     1,751     1,455  
Loans charged off:                    
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home     (65 )   (52 )   (29 )
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     (39 )   (33 )   (25 )
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan charge-offs     (104 )   (85 )   (54 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     (14 )   (14 )   (4 )
    Home construction (2)     (2 )   (1 )    
    Multi-family     (5 )   (1 )    
    Other real estate     (97 )   (60 )   (35 )
   
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (222 )   (161 )   (93 )
  Consumer     (69 )   (70 )   (51 )
  Commercial business     (79 )   (73 )   (49 )
   
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (370 )   (304 )   (193 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                    
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home     10     2     2  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     3          
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan recoveries     13     2     2  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     1     1     1  
    Multi-family     1     1      
    Other real estate     17     12     3  
   
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate charged off     32     16     6  
  Consumer     15     13     4  
  Commercial business     14     27     6  
   
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     61     56     16  
   
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (309 )   (248 )   (177 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,250   $ 1,503   $ 1,278  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes a $202 million reversal of provision for loan and lease losses recorded in the fourth quarter.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

99


        The total amount of loans held in portfolio which were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest was $46 million and $60 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        The total amount of nonaccrual loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $1.63 billion and $2.16 billion. The total amount of nonaccrual loans held for sale at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $66 million and $119 million.

Note 7: Mortgage Banking Activities

    Securitization of Assets

        During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company sold mortgage loans and servicing rights in securitization transactions and retained servicing responsibilities as well as senior and subordinated interests. The Company receives annual servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loans being serviced and rights to cash flows remaining after the investors in the securitization trust have received their contractual payments. The allocated carrying values of loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $252.39 billion, $165.02 billion and $103.17 billion. Investors and securitization trusts have recourse of $1.66 billion and $501 million to the Company for loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Company realized pretax gains of $2.32 billion, $1.57 billion and $901 million on these securitizations for 2003, 2002 and 2001. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company sold $9.00 billion, $516 million and $5.75 billion allocated carrying value of loans securitized in prior years and recorded pretax gains of $272 million, $6 million and $103 million from these sales.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of retained interests (excluding MSR) resulting from securitizations completed during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and accounted for as sales at the date of securitization, were as follows (rates are per annum and are weighted based on the principal amounts securitized):

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003 (1)          
  Constant prepayment rate (2)      
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)      
  Discount rate (3)      
Year Ended December 31, 2002          
  Constant prepayment rate (2)   35.84 % 24.26 %
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)   5.3   3.3  
  Discount rate (3)   6.29 % 3.87 %
Year Ended December 31, 2001          
  Constant prepayment rate (2)     23.22 %
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.6  
  Discount rate (3)     5.45 %

(1)
The Company did not acquire retained interests resulting from securitizations completed in 2003.
(2)
Represents the expected lifetime average.
(3)
Represents the return of U.S. Treasury instruments of a particular duration plus an estimate of the incremental rate of return over those instruments demanded by investors taking into consideration the additional risks (e.g., credit or liquidity) associated with a particular security.

100


        Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. As of December 31, 2003, static pool losses for all privately issued assets and specialty home loan assets that were valued using specific credit loss assumptions were not material.

        At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests (excluding MSR) to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of retained interests   $ 813   $ 1,541  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.9     1.8  

Constant prepayment rate (1)

 

 

50.95

%

 

41.72

%
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 8   $ (2 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     20     (5 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (10 )   4  
  Impact on fair value of 100% increase     (16 )   8  

Discount rate

 

 

5.44

%

 

2.83

%
  Impact on fair value of 10% decrease   $ 23   $ 8  
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease     61     21  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (50 )   (19 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (93 )   (38 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of all capitalized MSR created during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, including securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and whole loan sales, were as follows:

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Government and
Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

  All Types
  Specialty
Home
Loans

 
 
  (rates per annum)

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   18.64 % 29.46 % 30.66 % 38.39 %
  Discount rate   8.34   9.23   9.53   19.41  
Year Ended December 31, 2002                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   14.75   26.00   28.25   40.00  
  Discount rate   9.00   10.25   11.50   14.25  
Year Ended December 31, 2001                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   9.50   10.50   24.50   32.00  
  Discount rate   9.75   13.50   15.50   14.00  

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

101


        At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Government and
Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

  All Types
  Specialty
Home
Loans

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of home loan MSR   $ 4,495   $ 652   $ 1,040   $ 105  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.8     3.8     3.6     2.2  

Constant prepayment rate (1)

 

 

19.69

%

 

20.54

%

 

25.29

%

 

39.00

%
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 850   $ 145   $ 239   $ 26  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     2,048     352     591     64  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (631 )   (107 )   (172 )   (19 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (1,118 )   (190 )   (306 )   (34 )

Discount rate

 

 

8.34

%

 

9.84

%

 

10.01

%

 

19.77

%
  Impact on fair value of 10% decrease     n/a     n/a     n/a   $ 3  
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 312   $ 52   $ 70     9  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     674     113     152     n/a  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (272 )   (44 )   (61 )   (8 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (510 )   (82 )   (115 )   (14 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the table above demonstrates, the Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, the Company's determination of fair values uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on MSR fair value. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Furthermore, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSR is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments, but credit losses may increase), which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. The assumptions used may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured.

102



        The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts, except as footnoted below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Proceeds from new securitization sales   $ 263,978   $ 167,106   $ 110,315  
Principal and interest received on retained interests     2,353     1,925     1,633  
Servicing fees received (1)     2,296     1,822     1,260  
Loan repurchases (1)     (8,014 )   (6,837 )   (1,502 )

(1)
Amounts include cash received/paid related to all transfers of loans, including securitizations accounted for as sales, securitizations retained and whole loan sales.

        The tables below present quantitative information about delinquencies, net credit losses, and components of securitized financial assets and other assets managed together with them (excludes securitized assets that an entity continues to service but with which it has no other continuing involvement):

 
  December 31, 2003
  Year Ended
December 31, 2003

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit
Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 150,083   $ 1,046   $ 246
Specialty home loans     18,642     1,503     146
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 168,725   $ 2,549   $ 392
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 19,916            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     138,962            
  Loans securitized and retained     9,847            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 168,725            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

103


 
  December 31, 2002
  Year Ended
December 31, 2002

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit
Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 162,225   $ 1,643   $ 142
Specialty home loans     13,105     1,034     61
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 175,330   $ 2,677   $ 203
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 21,957            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     136,731            
  Loans securitized and retained     16,642            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 175,330            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

 
  December 31, 2001
  Year Ended
December 31, 2001

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit
Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 160,113   $ 1,727   $ 47
Specialty home loans     8,051     614     21
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 168,164   $ 2,341   $ 68
   
 
 

Consisting of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 22,124            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     129,070            
  Loans securitized and retained     16,970            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 168,164            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

104


    Loan Servicing

        Home loan mortgage banking income (expense) consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Loan servicing fees   $ 2,273   $ 2,237   $ 1,375  
Amortization of MSR     (3,269 )   (2,616 )   (1,054 )
MSR recovery (impairment)     712     (3,219 )   (1,701 )
Other, net     (592 )   (271 )   (141 )
   
 
 
 
  Net home loan servicing expense     (876 )   (3,869 )   (1,521 )
Revaluation gain from derivatives     338     2,517      
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     543     382      
Gain from mortgage loans     1,250     1,375     936  
Loan related income     399     268     156  
Gain on sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     320     34     117  
   
 
 
 
  Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)   $ 1,974   $ 707   $ (312 )
   
 
 
 

        Changes in the balance of MSR, net of the valuation allowance, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 5,341   $ 6,241   $ 1,017  
  Home loans:                    
    Additions through acquisitions         1,888     4,818  
    Other additions     4,203     4,031     3,323  
    Amortization     (3,269 )   (2,616 )   (1,054 )
    Recovery (impairment)     712     (3,219 )   (1,701 )
    Sales     (638 )   (997 )   (174 )
  Net change in commercial real estate MSR     5     13     12  
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year (1)   $ 6,354   $ 5,341   $ 6,241  
   
 
 
 

(1)
At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, aggregate MSR fair value was $6.39 billion, $5.38 billion and $6.27 billion.

        Changes in the valuation allowance for MSR were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Balance, beginning of year   $ 4,521   $ 1,714   $ 13
  (Recovery) impairment     (712 )   3,219     1,701
  Other than temporary impairment     (1,115 )      
  Sales     (259 )   (412 )  
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 2,435   $ 4,521   $ 1,714
   
 
 

105


        At December 31, 2003, the expected weighted average life of the Company's MSR was 3.8 years. Projected amortization expense for the gross carrying value of MSR at December 31, 2003 is estimated to be as follows (in millions):

2004   $ 2,147  
2005     1,469  
2006     1,060  
2007     808  
2008     631  
After 2008     2,674  
   
 
Gross carrying value of MSR     8,789  
Less: valuation allowance     (2,435 )
   
 
  Net carrying value of MSR   $ 6,354  
   
 

        The projected amortization expense of MSR is an estimate and should be used with caution. The amortization expense for future periods was calculated by applying the same quantitative factors, such as actual MSR prepayment experience and discount rates, as were used to determine amortization expense as of year end 2003. These factors are inherently subject to significant fluctuations, primarily due to the effect that changes in mortgage rates have on loan prepayment experience. Accordingly, any projection of MSR amortization in future periods is limited by the conditions that existed at the time the calculations were performed, and may not be indicative of actual amortization expense that will be recorded in future periods.

        Changes in the portfolio of loans serviced for others were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 604,504   $ 382,500  
  Home loans:              
    Additions through acquisitions         178,884  
    Other additions     342,871     249,855  
    Sales     (3,155 )    
    Loan payments and other     (362,319 )   (208,337 )
  Net change in commercial real estate loans serviced for others     768     1,602  
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 582,669   $ 604,504  
   
 
 

        Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA") and Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB"), wholly owned subsidiaries of Washington Mutual, Inc., are approved GNMA issuers. WMBFA and WMB are required to comply with the GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide (the "GNMA Guide"), which includes minimum standards of net worth. Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB are required to ensure they meet the minimum net worth requirements throughout the year and are required to submit annual net worth calculations within 90 days after their fiscal year end. Because WMB's consolidated financial statements are not audited, the parent holding company of WMB, Washington Mutual, Inc., is also subject to the minimum net worth requirements. The GNMA Guide establishes minimum net worth requirements based on the size of the GNMA commitment authority issued and the outstanding balance of all GNMA securities. The adjusted net worth of Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB is determined by

106



reducing equity by the amount of unacceptable assets for purposes of the calculation, which include goodwill, unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale and other unacceptable assets. If Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA or WMB fail to comply with the minimum net worth requirements established by the GNMA Guide, GNMA may suspend or terminate WMBFA's and WMB's status as an issuer if the deficiency is not corrected in a timely manner.

        Following are the GNMA net worth requirements and the adjusted net worth of Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 1   $ 1
Adjusted net worth     10,820     6,927
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 10,819   $ 6,926
   
 

        WMBFA

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 141   $ 180
Adjusted net worth     10,851     8,305
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 10,710   $ 8,125
   
 

        WMB

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 1   $ 1
Adjusted net worth     1,645     1,939
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 1,644   $ 1,938
   
 

Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company performs an impairment assessment in the third quarter of each year or more frequently if circumstances necessitate. During the third quarter of 2002 and 2003, the Company performed its annual impairment test and concluded there was no impairment to the book value of the Company's goodwill. Absent any impairment indicators, the Company expects to perform its next impairment test during the third quarter of 2004.

        Statement No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, requires that an unidentifiable intangible asset that is recognized in an acquisition of a financial institution, which is accounted for as a business combination, in which the liabilities assumed exceed the identifiable assets acquired, be recorded

107



as goodwill and subject to the accounting standards set forth in Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

        Had the Company been accounting for its goodwill under Statement No. 142 for the year ending 2001, the effect on net income would have been an increase of $134 million, from the elimination of goodwill amortized in that year, which would increase both basic and diluted earnings per share by 14 cents, net of tax.

        Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, by reporting unit were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  Consumer Group
   
   
 
 
  Retail Banking and
Financial Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance at January 1, 2003   $ 3,811   $ 1,528   $ 874   $ 6,213  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.     (12 )   (4 )   (1 )   (17 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   $ 3,799   $ 1,524   $ 873   $ 6,196  
   
 
 
 
 

        During the first quarter of 2003, the Company decreased goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $17 million due to a fair value adjustment of certain available-for-sale securities.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  Consumer Group
   
   
 
  Retail Banking and
Financial Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Balance at January 1, 2002 (1)   $ 980   $ 584   $ 552   $ 2,116
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.     2,797     925     322     4,044
  Other     34     19         53
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 3,811   $ 1,528   $ 874   $ 6,213
   
 
 
 

(1)
The balance at January 1, 2002 has been restated to reflect the adoption of Statement No. 147.

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company acquired a $223 million core deposit intangible as a result of the Dime acquisition. During the second quarter of 2002, the Company increased goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $59 million due to various adjustments to the fair values assigned to the assets received and liabilities assumed and a $77 million adjustment of the total purchase price related to the valuation of Dime stock options. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company increased the goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $32 million due to an adjustment of $17 million related to the Dime auto-finance loan portfolio and an increase in the estimated accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation for Dime employees of $15 million.

108


        At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company's core deposit intangible balances were $251 million and $311 million, net of accumulated amortization of $382 million and $322 million. The Company has no identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

        Amortization expense for the net carrying amount of the core deposit intangible at December 31, 2003 is estimated to be approximately $50 million over each of the next five years.

Note 9: Other Assets

        Other assets consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Premises and equipment   $ 3,286   $ 2,840
Investment in bank-owned life insurance     2,582     2,471
Accrued interest receivable     1,558     1,439
Foreclosed assets     311     328
Other intangible assets     251     311
Derivatives     1,457     4,105
Trading securities     1,381     336
Accounts receivable     4,309     1,698
Other     1,366     1,424
   
 
  Total other assets   $ 16,501   $ 14,952
   
 

        Depreciation expense for 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $492 million, $355 million and $282 million.

        The Company leases various financial center offices, office facilities and equipment under capital and noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2036. Some leases contain escalation provisions for adjustments in the consumer price index and provide for renewal options for five- to ten-year periods. Rental expense, including amounts paid under month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $458 million, $348 million and $277 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

109



Note 10: Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Checking accounts:            
  Noninterest bearing   $ 27,906   $ 35,730
  Interest bearing     68,318     56,132
   
 
    Total checking accounts     96,224     91,862
Savings accounts     11,029     10,313
Money market deposit accounts     17,971     19,573
Time deposit accounts:            
  Due within one year     18,474     23,136
  After one year but within two years     4,111     4,383
  After two but within three years     2,218     2,678
  After three but within four years     1,593     1,172
  After four but within five years     844     1,560
  After five years     717     839
   
 
    Total time deposit accounts     27,957     33,768
   
 
      Total deposits   $ 153,181   $ 155,516
   
 

        Accrued but unpaid interest on deposits included in other liabilities totaled $27 million and $55 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        Time deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $6.92 billion and $7.01 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002. At December 31, 2003, $1.77 billion of these deposits mature within three months, $880 million mature in over three to six months, $1.19 billion mature in over six months to one year, and $3.08 billion mature after one year.

Note 11: Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Scheduled maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Due within 30 days   $ 15,060   $ 751
After 30 but within 90 days     1,469     200
After 90 but within 180 days         101
After 180 days but within one year     250    
After one year     11,554     15,665
   
 
  Total repurchase agreements   $ 28,333   $ 16,717
   
 

110


        Financial data pertaining to repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     1.23 %   2.13 %   1.74 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.44     2.31     4.05  
Average balance of repurchase agreements   $ 22,318   $ 34,830   $ 29,582  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     30,052     58,504     39,447  

        The total interest expense on repurchase agreements was $545 million, $804 million and $1,197 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

        At December 31, 2003 interest rate caps, swaps, and swaptions embedded in repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Notional
Amount

  Weighted
Average
Strike Rate

  Weighted
Average
Pay Rate

  Weighted
Average
Receive Rate

  Index
  Index at
December 31,
2003

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life

 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
   
   
   
  (in months)

Caps   $ 500   7.75 % n/a   n/a   3 month LIBOR   1.15 % 10
Swaps     2,500   n/a   4.09 % 1.16 % 3 month LIBOR   1.15   41
Swaptions     500   6.21       3 month LIBOR   1.15   1

Note 12: Advances from FHLBs

        As members of the FHLBs of San Francisco, Seattle, New York and Dallas, WMBFA, WMB and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") maintain credit lines that are percentages of their total regulatory assets, subject to collateralization requirements. Advances are collateralized in the aggregate by all stock owned of the FHLBs, by deposits with the FHLBs, and by certain mortgages or deeds of trust and securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies. The maximum amount of credit, which the FHLBs will extend for purposes other than meeting withdrawals, varies from time to time in accordance with their policies. The interest rates charged by the FHLBs for advances vary depending upon maturity, the cost of funds of the individual FHLB and the purpose of the borrowing.

111



        Scheduled maturities of advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Due within one year   $ 37,017   1.08 - 8.65 % $ 29,067   1.25 - 7.07 %
After one but within two years     3,216   1.10 - 7.45     11,266   1.35 - 8.65  
After two but within three years     4,211   1.11 - 5.32     3,228   1.35 - 7.45  
After three but within four years     3,160   1.10 - 6.60     4,211   1.35 - 5.32  
After four but within five years     486   1.10 - 6.93     3,163   1.35 - 6.60  
After five years     240   2.80 - 8.57     330   2.80 - 8.57  
   
     
     
  Total advances from FHLBs   $ 48,330       $ 51,265      
   
     
     

        Financial data pertaining to advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     1.28 %   1.91 %   2.45 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.62     2.82     4.58  
Average balance of advances from FHLBs   $ 49,441   $ 59,369   $ 63,732  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     61,323     66,103     67,128  

        The total interest expense on advances from FHLBs was $1,296 million, $1,676 million and $2,918 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

112


Note 13: Other Borrowings

        Other borrowings consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Amount (2)
  Interest
Rate(s)

  Amount (2)
  Interest
Rate(s)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Senior notes (1) :                      
  Fixed rate:                      
    Due in 2003   $   % $ 302   6.20 - 7.32 %
    Due in 2004     256   4.57 - 6.75     265   4.57 - 6.75  
    Due in 2005     399   2.40 - 7.25     150   7.25  
    Due in 2006     1,103   7.50     1,135   7.50  
    Due in 2007     996   5.63     995   5.63  
    Due in 2008     758   4.38     762   4.38  
    Due in 2009     995   4.00        
  Floating rate:                      
    Due in 2003           849   Various  
    Due in 2004     1,450   Various     1,449   Various  
    Due in 2005     399   Various        
    Due in 2006     823   Various     880   Various  
Subordinated notes (1) :                      
  Fixed rate:                      
    Due in 2004     250   6.50 - 7.88     250   6.50 - 7.88  
    Due in 2006     100   6.63     100   6.63  
    Due in 2007     233   8.88     236   8.88  
    Due in 2009     157   8.00     158   8.00  
    Due in 2010     600   8.25     621   8.25  
    Due in 2011     1,114   6.88     1,144   6.88  
    Due in 2013     742   5.50     757   5.50  
    Due in 2026     149   8.36     149   8.36  
    Due in 2027     900   8.21 - 9.33     913   8.21 - 9.33  
    Due in 2041     734   5.38     732   5.38  
Secured lines of credit:                      
  Floating rate:                      
    Due in 2003           994   Various  
    Due in 2004     2,717   Various        
Other     608       1,871    
   
     
     
    Total other borrowings   $ 15,483       $ 14,712      
   
     
     

(1)
Inclusive of capitalized issuance costs.
(2)
Maturities listed are based on contractual terms and do not include redemption or call dates.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company had shelf registration statements under which the Company may issue debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares totaling $7 billion, of which $5.35 billion remains available for issuance.

113



        At December 31, 2003, the Company had a Global Bank Note Program under which the Company can issue senior and subordinated notes totaling $20 billion, of which the entire amount remains available for issuance.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company had unused secured borrowing lines totaling $573 million with the Federal Reserve Bank discount window.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company, through Long Beach Mortgage, had revolving credit facilities with non-affiliated lenders totaling $4 billion, with a remaining availability of $1.3 billion.

        On August 12, 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance entered into a three-year revolving credit facility totaling $800 million which provides back-up for certain commercial paper programs as well as funds for general corporate purposes. In December 2003 this credit facility was amended to exclude Washington Mutual Finance due to the sale of Washington Mutual Finance in January 2004. At December 31, 2003, there was $333 million available under this facility for purposes other than back-up of commercial paper.

Note 14: Income Taxes

        Income taxes (benefits) from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 1,417   $ 3,043   $ 1,636  
  State and local     256     386     165  
  Payments in lieu     32     38     58  
   
 
 
 
    Total current     1,705     3,467     1,859  
Deferred:                    
  Federal     504     (1,042 )   2  
  State and local     55     (168 )   (12 )
  Payments in lieu     (28 )   (40 )   (66 )
   
 
 
 
    Total deferred     531     (1,250 )   (76 )
   
 
 
 
      Total income taxes   $ 2,236   $ 2,217   $ 1,783  
   
 
 
 

        Provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the "Job Protection Act") significantly altered the Company's tax bad debt deduction method and the circumstances that would require a tax bad debt reserve recapture. Prior to enactment of the Job Protection Act, savings institutions were permitted to compute their tax bad debt deduction through use of either the reserve method or the percentage of taxable income method. The Job Protection Act repealed both of these methods for large savings institutions and allows bad debt deductions based only on actual current losses. While repealing the reserve method for computing tax bad debt deductions, the Job Protection Act allows thrifts to retain their existing base year bad debt reserves but requires that reserves in excess of the balance at December 31, 1987 be recaptured into taxable income.

        The base year reserve is recaptured into taxable income only in limited situations, such as in the event of certain excess distributions or complete liquidation. None of the limited circumstances requiring recapture are contemplated by the Company. The amount of the Company's tax bad debt reserves subject

114



to recapture in these circumstances approximates $2.22 billion at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002. Due to the remote nature of events that may trigger the recapture provisions, no tax liability has been established in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In January 2002, the Company completed a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service for Great Western for tax years 1988 through 1992. In August 2003, the Company completed a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service for Washington Mutual for tax years 1994 through 1997. The amounts payable under the settlement agreements were previously provided for in the accrual for income taxes payable.

        The Internal Revenue Service has completed its examination of Ahmanson for 1990 through 1998. All unresolved issues have been appealed to the Internal Revenue Service Appeals Division. As of December 31, 2003, the Company's accrual for income taxes payable is sufficient to cover any expected liabilities arising from these examinations.

        The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset (liability) were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Provision for loan and lease losses and foreclosed assets   $ 665   $ 736  
  Mortgage servicing rights     861     554  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     197     357  
  Compensation differences     96     221  
  Merger costs     127     131  
  State and local taxes     11     45  
  Unrealized loss from securities and cash flow hedging instruments     325      
  Other     424     429  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     2,706     2,473  
Payments in lieu     (72 )   (100 )
Valuation allowance     (111 )   (210 )
   
 
 
    Deferred tax asset, net of payments in lieu and valuation allowance     2,523     2,163  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Stock dividends from FHLBs     (700 )   (650 )
  Loan fees     (532 )   (318 )
  Basis difference on premises and equipment     (541 )   (280 )
  Unrealized gain from securities and cash flow hedging instruments         (87 )
  Other     (67 )   (21 )
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,840 )   (1,356 )
   
 
 
      Net deferred tax asset   $ 683   $ 807  
   
 
 

        The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance of $111 million and $210 million at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 relates primarily to net operating losses that are limited as a result of the acquisition of Keystone Holdings, Inc.

        As a result of the Keystone acquisition, the Company and certain of its affiliates are parties to an agreement (the "Assistance Agreement") with a predecessor of the Federal Deposit Insurance

115



Corporation ("FDIC"), which generally provides that 75% of most of the federal tax savings and approximately 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (as computed in accordance with the Assistance Agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of New West Federal Savings and Loan Association, are to be paid by the Company to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund ("Resolution Fund"). These amounts are considered payments in lieu. The Assistance Agreement sets forth certain special adjustments to federal taxable income to arrive at "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation taxable income," which is then offset by utilizable net operating losses to compute the benefit due to the Resolution Fund.

        As a result of the acquisition of Bank United, the Company and certain of its affiliates are also parties to another agreement with the Resolution Fund, which provides that one-third of the sum of federal and state tax benefits (as computed in accordance with the original acquisition agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of Bank United are to be paid by the Company to the Resolution Fund. The obligation to share tax benefit utilization expired in 2003.

        Federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards due to expire under current law during the years indicated were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Federal
  State
 
  (in millions)

Expiring in:            
  2005   $ 289   $ 233
  2006     33    
  2008     23    
   
 
    Total   $ 345   $ 233
   
 

        Reconciliations between income taxes computed at statutory rates and income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Income taxes computed at statutory rates   $ 2,110   35.00 % $ 2,102   35.00 % $ 1,689   35.00 %
Tax effect of:                                
  State income tax, net of federal tax benefit     202   3.35     142   2.36     99   2.05  
  Other     (76 ) (1.26 )   (27 ) (0.45 )   (5 ) (0.10 )
   
     
     
     
    Total   $ 2,236   37.09   $ 2,217   36.91   $ 1,783   36.95  
   
     
     
     

Note 15: Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

    Commitments

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent

116



future credit exposure or cash requirements, in that commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Unfunded commitments to extend credit totaled $52.64 billion and $53.06 billion, which excluded $379 million and $356 million reported as part of discontinued operations at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Company reserved $33 million and $52 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 to cover its loss exposure to unfunded commitments.

        In order to meet the needs of its customers, the Company also issues direct-pay, standby and other letters of credit. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as commercial paper issuances, bond financing, construction and similar transactions. Collateral may be required to support letters of credit in accordance with management's evaluation of the creditworthiness of each customer. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, outstanding letters of credit issued by Washington Mutual totaled $597 million and $492 million, which included $1 million and $9 million in participations sold to other institutions.

        Future minimum net rental commitments, including maintenance and other associated costs, for all noncancelable leases were as follows:

 
  Operating Lease (1)
  Capital Lease
 
  Land and
Buildings

  Furniture and
Equipment

  Land and
Buildings

  Furniture and
Equipment

 
  (in millions)

Year ending December 31,                        
  2004   $ 327   $ 115   $ 8   $ 2
  2005     304     91     7     1
  2006     271     22     6     1
  2007     220     8     6    
  2008     181     1     6    
Thereafter     618         39    
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 1,921   $ 237   $ 72   $ 4
   
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes operating lease commitments of $16 million from discontinued operations.

        Certain operating leases contain escalation clauses, which correspond with increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses, and renewal options calling for increased rents as the leases are renewed. No restrictions are imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment of dividends, additional debt financing, or entering into further lease agreements.

    Guarantees

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells loans with recourse. For loans that have been sold with recourse, the recourse component is considered a guarantee. When the Company sells a loan with recourse, it commits to stand ready to perform, if the loan defaults, and to make payments to remedy the default. As of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, loans sold with recourse totaled $3.96 billion and $4.26 billion. The Company's recourse reserve related to these loans totaled $27 million and $11 million at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002.

        The Company sells loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased if a defect that occurred during the loan's origination process results in a violation of a representation or warranty

117



made in connection with the sale of the loan. When a loan sold to an investor without recourse fails to perform according to its contractual terms, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred and if such defects give rise to a violation of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the sale. If such a defect is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. If there are no such defects, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, the amount of loans sold without recourse totaled $578.71 billion and $600.25 billion, which substantially represents the unpaid principal balance of the Company's loans serviced for others portfolio. The Company has reserved $112 million as of December 31, 2003 and $74 million as of December 31, 2002 to cover the estimated loss exposure related to the loan origination process defects that are inherent within this portfolio.

        At December 31, 2003, the Company is the guarantor of five separate issues of trust preferred securities. The Company has issued subordinated debentures to wholly owned special purpose trusts. Each special purpose trust has issued trust preferred securities. The sole assets of each special purpose trust are the subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company guarantees the accumulated and unpaid distributions of each trust and as such would be required to perform if the trusts fail to fulfill distribution requirements. Events and circumstances that would require the Company to perform under the guarantee would be if the Company failed to fulfill its obligations under the issuance of subordinated debentures to the special purpose trust. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under this guarantee is tantamount to the expected principal and interest each trust is obligated to remit under the issuance of trust preferred securities, which totaled $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

    Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company cannot state what the eventual outcome of pending matters will be. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from any single pending proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition, operations, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. However, the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results for a particular quarterly period exists in the event that an unfavorable outcome in multiple proceedings were to occur within the same quarterly reporting period, depending, among other factors, on the level of the Company's income for such period.

        As part of the administration and oversight of the Assistance Agreement and other agreements among American Savings Bank, F.A., certain of its affiliates and a predecessor of the FDIC and similar agreements among affiliates of Bank United and a predecessor of the FDIC, the FDIC has a variety of review and audit rights, including the right to review and audit computations of payments in lieu of taxes.

        The Company is a party to goodwill litigation that may result in a gain. The ultimate outcome is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the Company will benefit from the future results of this litigation and no benefit has been recorded as of December 31, 2003.

118



Note 16: Trust Preferred Securities

        The Company had previously established special purpose trusts for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The proceeds from such issuances, together with the proceeds of the related issuances of common securities of the trusts, were invested by the trusts in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by Washington Mutual, Inc. Prior to FIN 46, these trusts were consolidated subsidiaries of the Company. As a result of the adoption of FIN 46, the Company deconsolidated all such special purpose trusts, as the Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary under this accounting standard. Accordingly, on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, the trust preferred securities that were issued by the trusts have been supplanted by the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued to the trusts by Washington Mutual, Inc. Financial data pertaining to the previously consolidated special purpose trusts were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
Name of Trust

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Common
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of
Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)


Great Western Financial Trust II

 

$

300

 

$

9

 

$

309

 

2027

 

8.21

%

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after February 1, 2007

Washington Mutual Capital I

 

 

400

 

 

12

 

 

412

 

2027

 

8.38

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after June 1, 2007

Ahmanson Trust I

 

 

150

 

 

5

 

 

155

 

2026

 

8.36

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after December 1, 2026

Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001

 

 

1,150

 

 

35

 

 

1,185

 

2041

 

5.38

 

20 consecutive quarters

 

On or after May 3, 2006

Dime Capital Trust I

 

200


 

6


 

206


 

2027

 

9.33

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after May 7, 2007
 
Total trust preferred securities

 

2,200


 

67


 

2,267


 

 

 

6.87

 

 

 

 

119


       

 
  December 31, 2002
Name of Trust

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Common
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of
Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)


Great Western Financial Trust II

 

$

300

 

$

9

 

$

309

 

2027

 

8.21

%

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after February 1, 2007

Washington Mutual Capital I

 

 

400

 

 

12

 

 

412

 

2027

 

8.38

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after June 1, 2007

Ahmanson Trust I

 

 

150

 

 

5

 

 

155

 

2026

 

8.36

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after December 1, 2026

Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001

 

 

1,150

 

 

35

 

 

1,185

 

2041

 

5.38

 

20 consecutive quarters

 

On or after May 3, 2006

Dime Capital Trust I

 

200


 

6


 

206


 

2027

 

9.33

 

Ten consecutive semi-annual periods

 

On or after May 7, 2007
 
Total trust preferred securities

 

2,200


 

67


 

2,267


 

 

 

6.87

 

 

 

 

        In the second quarter of 2001, Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 issued 23 million units, totaling $1.15 billion, of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM , through the issuance of $1.19 billion of 5.38% subordinated debentures, due in 2041. Each unit consists of a preferred security having a stated liquidation amount of $50 and a current yield of 5.38%, and a warrant to purchase at any time prior to the close of business on May 3, 2041, 1.2081 shares of common stock of Washington Mutual. At any time after issuance of the units, the preferred security and warrant components of each unit may be separated by the holder and transferred separately. Thereafter, a separated preferred security and warrant may be combined to form a unit.

        The initial warrant exercise price was $32.33 and the warrant exercise price on the expiration date of the warrants will equal $50. As of December 31, 2003, the warrant exercise price was $32.49.

120



Note 17: Earnings Per Share

        Information used to calculate EPS was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Net income                    
  Income from continuing operations, net of taxes   $ 3,793   $ 3,789   $ 3,043  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     87     72     61  
   
 
 
 
  Net Income     3,880     3,861     3,104  
  Accumulated dividends on preferred stock         (5 )   (7 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,880   $ 3,856   $ 3,097  
   
 
 
 
Weighted average shares (in thousands)                    
  Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     903,666     943,905     850,245  
  Dilutive effect of potential common shares from:                    
    Stock options     9,411     8,626     8,469  
    Premium Income Equity Securities SM (1)         951     1,346  
    Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM     8,680     6,670     4,598  
   
 
 
 
  Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     921,757     960,152     864,658  
   
 
 
 
Net income per common share                    
  Basic earnings per common share:                    
    Income from continuing operations   $ 4.20   $ 4.01   $ 3.57  
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07  
   
 
 
 
    Net income     4.29     4.09     3.64  
  Diluted earnings per common share:                    
    Income from continuing operations     4.12     3.94     3.51  
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.09     0.08     0.07  
   
 
 
 
    Net income     4.21     4.02     3.58  

(1)
Redeemed on August 16, 2002.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, options to purchase an additional 9,831,974, 13,789,940 and 3,712,976 shares of common stock were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect.

        Additionally, as part of the 1996 business combination with Keystone Holdings, Inc. (the parent of American Savings Bank, F.A.), 18 million shares of common stock, with an assigned value of $18.4944 per share, were, as of the end of 2002 being held in escrow for the benefit of the investors in Keystone Holdings, the FDIC as manager of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund and their transferees. During 2003, the FDIC transferred its interest in the escrow to Escrow Partners, L.P., a partnership owned by investors in Keystone Holdings. As a result of a subsequent agreement among the parties to the escrow, 12 million shares were returned from the escrow to the Company during 2003, reducing the number of shares in the escrow to 6 million. The escrow will expire on December 20, 2008, subject to certain limited extensions. The conditions under which these shares can be released from escrow

121



to the Keystone Holdings' investors and Escrow Partners are related to the outcome of certain litigation and not based on future earnings or market prices. At December 31, 2003, the conditions for releasing shares to the Keystone Holdings' investors and Escrow Partners had not occurred, and the 6 million shares were still in the escrow. Therefore, none of the shares in the escrow were included in the above computations.

Note 18: Comprehensive Income

        The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income and the related tax effect allocated to each component:

 
  Before Tax
Amount

  Tax Effect
  Net of Tax
 
 
  (in millions)

 
2001                    
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year (1)   $ 409   $ 156   $ 253  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (705 )   (268 )   (437 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (12 )   (5 )   (7 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (308 )   (117 )   (191 )
Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     5     2     3  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (2 )   (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (305 ) $ (116 ) $ (189 )
   
 
 
 
2002                    
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year (1)   $ 2,548   $ 966   $ 1,582  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (730 )   (277 )   (453 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (9 )   (3 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     1,809     686     1,123  
Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments     (1,133 )   (430 )   (703 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (3 )   (1 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 673   $ 255   $ 418  
   
 
 
 
2003                    
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized loss from securities available-for-sale arising during the year (1)   $ (567 ) $ (218 ) $ (349 )
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (995 )   (383 )   (612 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (6 )   (2 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (1,568 )   (603 )   (965 )
Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     439     169     270  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (7 )   (3 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (1,136 ) $ (437 ) $ (699 )
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes net unrealized (loss) gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year from discontinued operations, net of tax, of ($1) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

122


        The following table presents accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances:

 
  Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) from Securities (1)
  Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
from Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments

  Amortization
Adjustment for
Mortgage-backed
Securities
Transferred in 1997

  Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ (263 ) $ 3   $ 21   $ (4 ) $ (243 )
Net change     1,129     (703 )   (6 )   (2 )   418  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002     866     (700 )   15     (6 )   175  
Net change     (961 )   270     (4 )   (4 )   (699 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $ (95 ) $ (430 ) $ 11   $ (10 ) $ (524 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Includes net unrealized gain from securities from discontinued operations of $1 million at December 31, 2003, $2 million at December 31, 2002, and $3 million at December 31, 2001.

Note 19: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. However, each of its subsidiary depository institutions is subject to various regulatory capital requirements. WMB is subject to FDIC capital requirements while WMBFA and WMBfsb are subject to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") capital requirements.

        The capital adequacy requirements are quantitative measures established by regulation that require WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital. The FDIC requires WMB to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets as well as Tier 1 capital to average assets. The OTS requires WMBFA and WMBfsb to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets and tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS and FDIC regulations, an institution (that is not in the most highly-rated category) is required to have a leverage ratio of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4.00% and a total risk-based ratio of 8.00%. In addition, the Company's federal associations are required to have a tangible capital ratio of 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of not less than 4.00%, and (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        Undercapitalized institutions are subject to certain prompt corrective action requirements, regulatory controls and restrictions, which become more extensive as an institution becomes more severely undercapitalized. Failure by any of the Company's depository institutions to comply with applicable capital requirements would, if unremedied, result in restrictions on its activities and lead to regulatory enforcement actions against such institutions including, but not limited to, the issuance of a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Additionally, FDIC or OTS approval of any regulatory application filed for their review may be dependent on compliance with capital requirements.

123


        The regulatory capital ratios calculated for WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb, along with the capital amounts and ratios for the minimum regulatory requirement and the minimum amounts and ratios required to be categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum
Regulatory
Requirement

  Minimum to be
Categorized as
Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 15,444   10.80 % $ 11,441   8.00 % $ 14,302   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     12,472   8.72     5,721   4.00     8,581   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     12,531   5.50     9,116   4.00 (1)   11,395   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     12,531   5.50     3,419   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     2,219   11.23     1,581   8.00     1,976   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     1,798   9.10     790   4.00     1,186   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     1,798   5.82     1,236   4.00 (1)   1,545   5.00  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     82   17.04     38   8.00     48   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     79   16.36     19   4.00     29   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     79   10.34     30   4.00 (1)   38   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     79   10.34     11   1.50     n/a   n/a  
 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum
Regulatory
Requirement

  Minimum to be
Categorized as
Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 16,072   11.33 % $ 11,344   8.00 % $ 14,180   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     13,064   9.21     5,672   4.00     8,508   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     13,112   5.75     9,118   4.00 (1)   11,398   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     13,112   5.75     3,419   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     2,387   11.40     1,675   8.00     2,094   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     2,132   10.18     838   4.00     1,256   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     2,132   7.94     1,074   4.00 (1)   1,342   5.00  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     88   17.32     41   8.00     51   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     82   16.07     20   4.00     30   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     82   8.87     37   4.00 (1)   46   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     82   8.87     14   1.50     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

124


        WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb met all capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2003, to which they were subject. Additionally, as of the most recent notifications from the FDIC (for WMB) and the OTS (for WMBFA and WMBfsb), the FDIC and OTS individually categorized WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 or leverage ratios as set forth in the table above. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the well-capitalized status of WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s principal sources of funds are cash dividends received from its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income and borrowings. Washington Mutual, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends is also predicated on the ability of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to Washington Mutual, Inc. Federal and state law limits the ability of a depository institution, such as WMBFA, WMB or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.

        Washington state law prohibits WMB from declaring or paying a dividend greater than its retained earnings if doing so would cause its net worth to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the protection of preconversion depositors or (ii) the net worth requirements, if any, imposed by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington.

        OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations such as WMBFA and WMBfsb to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. WMBFA and WMBfsb must file notice with the OTS at least 30 days before the proposed declaration of a dividend or approval of a proposed capital distribution by its board of directors. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, if, after giving effect to the proposed distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.

        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2003 included a pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve for tax purposes of $2.22 billion for which no federal income taxes have been provided. In the future, if the thrift bad debt reserve is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, or if any of the banking subsidiaries no longer qualifies as a bank, the Company will incur a federal income tax liability, at the then prevailing corporate income tax rate, to the extent of such subsidiaries' pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve. As a result, the Company's ability to pay dividends in excess of current earnings may be limited.

Note 20: Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan

        Washington Mutual maintains an equity incentive plan and an employee stock purchase plan. The following information is disclosed on a continuing and discontinued operations basis.

    2003 Equity Incentive Plan

        In February 2003 the Board of Directors adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP"). On April 15, 2003 the shareholders approved the adoption of the 2003 EIP, which replaced the 1994 Stock Option Plan ("1994 Plan") and the Company's Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2003 EIP, all of the Company's employees, officers, directors and certain consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors are eligible to receive awards. Awards which may be granted under the 2003 EIP include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock units, performance shares and performance units and other stock or cash-based awards. The 2003 EIP is generally similar to the 1994 Plan and the

125



Equity Incentive Plan, and does not affect the terms of any option granted under the 1994 Plan or stock or shares awarded under the Equity Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of Washington Mutual common stock available for grant under the 2003 EIP is 44,919,426, which includes authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the Company's 1994 Plan or Equity Incentive Plan.

        Under the 2003 EIP, the exercise price of the option must at least equal the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending on the terms of the grant, and expire 10 years from the grant date.

        The 2003 EIP permits awards of restricted stock and stock units, and performance shares and performance units with or without performance-based vesting restrictions. The maximum aggregate number of such shares that may be issued under the 2003 EIP (other than options and stock appreciation rights) is 13,000,000, and the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2003 EIP pursuant to awards (other than options and stock appreciation rights) that have no restrictions or have restrictions based solely on service for less than three years is 4,350,000.

        In 2003, 2,912,134 restricted shares were granted under the 2003 EIP with a weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of $40.88. As of December 31, 2003, there were 2,886,818 restricted shares outstanding. Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares was $104 million at December 31, 2003. Restricted stock and stock units accrue or pay dividends. All canceled or forfeited shares become available for future grants.

        Certain executives participate in the Company's Performance Shares Program. Under this program, executives are notified of target awards and the performance criteria that determine actual awards at the end of the three-year measurement period. The actual awards may be between 0% and 250% of the target award, depending on the Company's performance. After the three-year performance cycle has been completed, actual awards may be made in cash or in the Company's common stock. Common stock awards will be made from the 2003 EIP.

        The total compensation expense recognized for the 2003 EIP was $18 million in 2003.

    1994 Stock Option Plan

        On April 19, 1994, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 1994 Stock Option Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated as of February 15, 2000. Under the 1994 Plan, options to purchase common stock of Washington Mutual were granted to officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The 1994 Plan was generally similar to a plan adopted in 1983 that was terminated according to its terms in 1993, however the 1994 Plan did not affect the terms of any options granted under the 1983 plan. All options granted under the 1983 plan have been exercised as of December 31, 2003. Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of the option was equal to the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant, and expire five to ten years from the grant date. The 1994 Plan originally provided for the granting of options to purchase a maximum of 27,000,000 shares of common stock. During 2000, the Board of Directors amended, and the Company's shareholders approved, an increase in the maximum number of shares of common stock available for grant to 45,000,000. The 1994 Plan was replaced on April 15, 2003 with the 2003 EIP. The total compensation

126



expense recognized for the 1994 Plan resulting from the adoption of Statement No. 148 to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting was $11 million in 2003.

    WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants have been made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." In 1997, the Board of Directors approved a plan under which eligible employees were granted nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, the Board adopted a new plan to grant additional nonqualified stock options to eligible employees ("1999 WAMU Shares"). On February 13, 2001, the Board adopted a third plan and granted nonqualified options to eligible employees ("2001 WAMU Shares"). On September 17, 2002, the Board amended the 2001 WAMU Shares Plan to provide for an additional grant of nonqualified options to eligible employees effective September 3, 2002. The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares Plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest one to three years after the award date and expire five to ten years from the award date.

        The following table presents the status, and changes, of all plans at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 during the years then ended:

 
  1983
Stock Option Plan

  1994
Stock Option Plan

  WAMU Shares
Stock Option Plan

 
  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2000   361,125   $ 7.55   21,887,884   $ 24.79   4,030,925   $ 24.09
  Granted         11,969,887     31.15   4,744,200     34.00
  Exercised   (57,375 )   4.88   (1,541,749 )   21.01   (2,113,701 )   24.16
  Forfeited         (814,985 )   24.85   (863,815 )   32.82
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   303,750     8.06   31,501,037     27.38   5,797,609     30.80
  Granted         11,391,440     36.12   9,487,266     37.13
  Exercised   (178,875 )   6.78   (1,735,344 )   20.97   (869,324 )   25.47
  Forfeited         (1,078,605 )   30.51   (1,356,493 )   33.18
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   40,078,528     30.06   13,059,058     35.54
  Granted         105,093     35.08   22,088     36.53
  Exercised   (124,875 )   9.89   (6,489,335 )   25.12   (1,410,483 )   29.82
  Forfeited         (1,281,776 )   33.47   (1,494,478 )   36.49
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2003         32,412,510     30.94   10,176,185     36.20
   
       
       
     

127


Outstanding options exercisable as of:                              
  December 31, 2001   303,750     8.06   13,026,071     23.28   1,829,059     23.87
  December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   19,202,089     25.77   711,192     21.92
  December 31, 2003         22,259,329     29.29   3,684,178     34.43
 
  Acquired Plans
  2003
Equity Incentive Plan

   
   
 
  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

   
   
Outstanding at December 31, 2000   3,649,725   $ 15.08              
  Granted   6,563,589     16.31              
  Exercised   (7,360,874 )   16.26              
  Forfeited   (121,419 )   16.59              
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   2,731,021     14.73              
  Granted   6,535,804     19.77              
  Exercised   (4,690,606 )   18.79              
  Forfeited   (22,750 )   23.31              
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   4,553,469     17.62              
  Granted         9,919,629   $ 39.54        
  Exercised   (1,813,815 )   17.55   (2,375 )   39.50        
  Forfeited   (124,276 )   21.79   (39,192 )   39.78        
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2003   2,615,378     17.47   9,878,062     39.54        
   
       
             
Outstanding options exercisable as of:                            
  December 31, 2001   2,731,021     14.73              
  December 31, 2002   4,549,725     17.61              
  December 31, 2003   2,613,506     17.46              

128


        Financial data pertaining to outstanding stock options were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
Ranges of Exercise Prices

  Number of
Option
Shares

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

  Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Option Shares

  Number of
Exercisable
Option
Shares

  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
of Exercisable
Option Shares

1994 Stock Option Plan                        
  $  8.97 - $21.42   3,519,513   4.71   $ 16.25   3,519,513   $ 16.25
    21.92 -  29.94   3,474,427   4.57     25.21   3,472,760     25.21
    30.73 -  33.96   14,389,684   7.57     31.82   11,147,019     32.08
    34.00 -  42.08   11,028,886   8.77     36.27   4,120,037     36.31
WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan                        
  $21.92 - $26.11   191,035   0.01     21.92   191,035     21.92
    34.00   1,952,447   2.12     34.00   1,952,447     34.00
    36.53   4,638,253   8.96     36.53   1,535,646     36.53
    37.81   3,394,450   3.67     37.81   5,050     37.81
Acquired Plans                        
  $  5.62 - $14.80   993,494   2.50     10.01   993,494     10.01
    15.13 -  23.72   963,310   3.88     19.39   963,310     19.39
    24.05 -  33.90   658,574   6.05     25.92   656,702     25.91
2003 Equity Incentive Plan                        
  $37.05 - $46.35   9,878,062   9.86     39.54      
   
           
     
    Total   55,082,135         32.81   28,557,013     28.87
   
           
     

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Under the terms of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), an employee was allowed to purchase the Company's common stock at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of a six month offering period or the end of the six month offering period, whichever price was lower, without paying brokerage fees or commissions on purchases. The Company paid for the program's administrative expenses. The plan was open to all employees who were at least 18 years old, had completed at least one month of service, and worked at least 20 hours per week. Participation was through either payroll deductions or lump sum payments with a maximum annual contribution of 10% of each employee's eligible cash compensation. Under the ESPP, dividends were automatically reinvested. The Company sold 1,144,025 shares, 613,480 shares and 362,500 shares to employees in 2003, 2002 and 2001. The total compensation expense recognized for the ESPP resulting from the adoption of Statement No. 148 to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting was $11 million in 2003.

        The ESPP was amended effective January 1, 2004, and the Plan Administrator exercised its discretion under the Plan to change certain terms. The ESPP no longer permits lump sum contributions, excludes employees who work for less than 5 months per year, has twelve monthly offering periods, and provides for purchase of stock at a 5% discount from the price at the end of the offering period.

    Equity Incentive Plan

        The Equity Incentive Plan (previously named the Restricted Stock Plan) permitted grants of restricted stock, and awards denominated in units of stock ("performance units"), with or without performance-

129



based vesting restrictions, for the benefit of all employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The Equity Incentive Plan was replaced on April 15, 2003 by the 2003 EIP, therefore, the 2003 balances represent restricted stock and awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan during the period January 1, 2003 to April 14, 2003. The 2003 EIP does not affect the terms of any shares granted under the Equity Incentive Plan. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, 59,953, 878,186 and 536,169 restricted shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of $34.51, $34.20 and $33.17. As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, there were 720,347, 1,410,871 and 1,559,871 restricted shares outstanding. Restricted stock and units of stock accrue dividends. Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares was $14 million at December 31, 2003, $29 million at December 31, 2002 and $22 million at December 31, 2001.

        The total compensation expense recognized for the Equity Incentive Plan was $52 million in 2003, $41 million in 2002 and $27 million in 2001.

    Bank United Plans

        In connection with the acquisition of Bank United, the Company assumed the Bank United Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively the "Bank United Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock and other performance awards may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Bank United Plans generally expire ten years from the date of grant, and vest over varying periods that were determined at grant date. All options granted under the Bank United Plans included a limited stock appreciation right, which entitles the holder to surrender the vested and exercisable option for cash following the closing of an acquisition. With the Company's acquisition of Bank United, the Company assumed approximately 6.6 million options to purchase Bank United common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual common stock. During 2002 and 2001, approximately 6.4 million of these options were exercised. As of December 31, 2003, options to purchase approximately 202,000 shares were remaining to be exercised.

    Dime Savings Plans

        In connection with the acquisition of Dime, the Company assumed the Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (collectively the "Dime Savings Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualifed options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock, stock appreciation rights and deferred common stock may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Dime Savings Plans generally expire ten or eleven years from the date of the grant and vest over varying periods that were determined at the grant date. Certain options had a stock appreciation rights feature that was exercisable only for a period of 60 days following the occurrence of certain specified changes in ownership or control of Dime or certain of its subsidiaries. These stock appreciation rights were converted to options to acquire Washington Mutual common stock or paid out in cash for their value.

        Dime also issued options to purchase shares of common stock under the company's Pride Share Program, a broad-based stock option plan adopted in 1997 and 1999. Under the program, all eligible full-time and part-time employees could receive options to purchase common stock which expire eleven years from the date of grant. The vesting of these stock options generally occurred at the earlier of five years after the date of grant or the date the common stock price reached a specified target price (as

130



established on the grant date) and its closing price stayed at, or rose above, that target price for five consecutive trading days.

        With the Company's acquisition of Dime, it assumed approximately 6.5 million options to purchase Dime common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual common stock. As of December 31, 2003, approximately 5.4 million of the options assumed were exercised leaving 1 million options remaining to be exercised.

    Shareholder Rights Plan

        In October 2000, the 1994 Shareholder Rights Plan expired in accordance with its terms. On December 19, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a new Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record on January 4, 2001. The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. They are intended to discourage coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to encourage any potential acquirer to negotiate a price fair to all shareholders. The rights may cause substantial dilution to an acquiring party that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors, but they will not interfere with any friendly merger or other business combination. The plan was not adopted in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company.

Note 21: Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense

    Pension Plan

        Washington Mutual maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for substantially all eligible employees. As a result of the acquisition of Dime, the Company acquired Dime's noncontributory pension plan, which was merged into the Pension Plan on July 1, 2002. Benefits earned for each year of service are based primarily on the level of compensation in that year plus a stipulated rate of return on the benefit balance. It is the Company's policy to fund the Pension Plan on a current basis to the extent deductible under federal income tax regulations.

    Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, has assumed responsibility for nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded postretirement benefit plans, including retirement restoration plans for certain employees, a number of supplemental retirement plans for certain officers and multiple outside directors' retirement plans. Benefits under the retirement restoration plans are generally determined by the Company. Benefits under the supplemental retirement plans are generally based on years of service. Benefits under the outside directors' retirement plans generally are payable for a period equal to the participants' service on the Board of Directors, with a lifetime benefit payable to participants with 15 or more years of service.

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, maintains unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that make medical and life insurance coverage available to eligible retired employees and their beneficiaries and covered dependents. The expected cost of providing these benefits to retirees, their beneficiaries and covered dependents was accrued during the years each employee provided services.

        Washington Mutual uses December 31 as the measurement date for a majority of its plans.

131



        Obligations and funded status for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Change in benefit obligation                                      
Benefit obligation, beginning of year (1)   $ 1,104   $ 128   $ 78   $ 798   $ 102   $ 29  
Interest cost     73     8     4     67     9     5  
Service cost     56         1     47         1  
Amendments             (2 )   (16 )        
Actuarial loss (gain)     130     10     (8 )   117     7     6  
Curtailment gain                         (5 )
Special termination benefits                     21      
Business combination                 163     34     48  
Benefits paid     (80 )   (17 )   (5 )   (72 )   (45 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Benefit obligation, end of year (1)     1,283     129     68     1,104     128     78  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets                                      
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year     1,062             754          
Actual return on plan assets     240             (73 )        
Business combination                 172          
Employer contributions     85     17     5     281     45     6  
Benefits paid     (80 )   (17 )   (5 )   (72 )   (45 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year     1,307             1,062          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status     24     (129 )   (68 )   (42 )   (128 )   (78 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
(gain)
    392     26     (11 )   447     16     (4 )
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost     (7 )       (7 )   (12 )       (6 )
Remaining unamortized, unrecognized net asset             6     (1 )       7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ 409   $ (103 ) $ (80 ) $ 392   $ (112 ) $ (81 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Pension Plan benefit obligation represents the projected benefit obligation. The accumulated benefit obligation was $1,157 million and $1,011 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans benefit obligation represents the accumulated benefit obligation.

132


        Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition consist of:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Prepaid benefit cost   $ 409   $ (103 ) $ (80 ) $ 392   $ (112 ) $ (81 )
Accrued benefit cost         (26 )           (16 )    
Other comprehensive income         26             16      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ 409   $ (103 ) $ (80 ) $ 392   $ (112 ) $ (81 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $1,354 and $1,217 at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        Additional information due to the accumulated benefit obligation in excess of or (less than) plan assets:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Projected benefit obligation   $ (24 ) $ 129   $ 68   $ 42   $ 128   $ 78
Accumulated benefit obligation     (150 )   129     68     (51 )   128     78
Fair value of plan assets         n/a     n/a         n/a     n/a

        Components of net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest cost   $ 73   $ 8   $ 4   $ 67   $ 9   $ 5  
Service cost     56         1     47         1  
Expected return on plan assets     (83 )           (71 )        
Curtailment gain                         (5 )
Amortization of prior service credit     (5 )       (1 )   (5 )       (1 )
Amortization of net (gain) loss     (1 )       1             1  
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)     28     1     (1 )   8          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost   $ 68   $ 9   $ 4   $ 46   $ 9   $ 1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

133


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest cost   $ 53   $ 8   $ 2  
Service cost     29         1  
Expected return on plan assets     (55 )        
Amortization of prior service credit     (4 )       (1 )
Amortization of net loss             1  
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)     1         (1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost   $ 24   $ 8   $ 2  
   
 
 
 

        Additional information for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Increase in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income   $   $ 10   n/a   $   $ 6   n/a
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2001
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Increase in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income   $   $ 4   n/a

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.50 % 6.50 % 6.50 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  

134


        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   6.50 % 6.50 % 6.50 % 7.25 % 7.25 % 7.25 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a   8.00   n/a   n/a  
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   7.75 % 7.75 % 7.75 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a  

        The expected long-term rate of return assumption was developed using a policy framework that includes an annual review of several factors including an analysis of historical asset returns, gauging market consensus, historical returns of the Pension Plan's portfolio, reviewing longer term historical asset returns and incorporating the results of asset return models.

        It is policy that the asset return assumptions chosen for the upcoming year are maintained so long as the actual long-term asset return experience is not significantly different from the past assumed asset rate of return and that there is no significant change in the targeted asset allocation or in the selection of investment managers.

        The review concluded with a recommendation to maintain the 8.00% expected long-term return on plan assets assumption for the Pension Plan.

135



        The Pension Plan's weighted-average asset allocation at December 31, 2003 and 2002 by asset category was as follows:

 
  Plan Assets at December 31, (1)
 
Asset Category

  2003
Pension Plan

  2002
Pension Plan

 
Cash and equivalents   8 % 2 %
Fixed income securities   27   35  
Domestic equities:          
  Large cap   46   47  
  Small/mid cap   8   6  
International equities   10   10  
Other   1    
   
 
 
    Total   100 % 100 %
   
 
 

(1)
The Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans had no plan assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        The total portfolio will be managed on a balanced basis, with the primary asset categories to include: domestic large capitalization equities, domestic small/mid capitalization equities, fixed income (primarily U.S.), and international equity investments.

        It is the Company's intention to allow the investment managers full discretion within the scope of the Company's Investment Policy Statement to allocate the Pension Plan assets within each of the asset classes. The Company's Investment Policy Statement is established by the Company's Plan Investment Committee.

        The portfolio strategy will seek total return, defined as all income, gains, and losses, whether realized or unrealized, over a long-term basis, defined as five years or more. At a minimum, the total return objective for each manager will be to exceed the Plan's interest assumption.

        Given the investment objectives of the Pension Plan and the Plan Investment Committee's risk tolerance, the Committee has set the following "target" asset allocation percentages:

 
  Target
  Minimum
  Maximum
 
Domestic equities:              
  Large cap   50 % 40 % 60 %
  Small/mid cap   8   4   12  
Fixed income securities   30   20   40  
International equities   10   6   14  
Cash and equivalents   2   1   10  

        It is anticipated that the overall allocation will stay within the target ranges noted above.

        The Pension Plan assets include Washington Mutual, Inc.'s common stock and fixed income securities of $10 million, or 0.80% of total plan assets, and $8 million, or 0.73% of total plan assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        Washington Mutual expects to contribute zero, $11 million and $6 million to the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans in 2004.

136



        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
  Pension Plan
  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit
Plans

 
  (in millions)

2004   $ 58   $ 11   $ 6
2005     62     11     6
2006     64     10     6
2007     67     11     6
2008     71     11     5
2009-2013     443     54     26

        Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   14.00 % 14.00 % 15.00 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)   5.00   5.00   5.00  
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2013   2012   2012  

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Other Postretirement Benefit Plans. A 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have a material impact on the service and interest cost or postretirement benefit obligation.

        On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act") was enacted into law. On January 12, 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 ("FSP 106-1"). FSP 106-1 permits employers that sponsor postretirement benefit plans that provide prescription drug benefits to retirees to make a one-time election to defer the accounting impact, if any, of the Act. The Company has elected to defer recognition of the provisions of the Act as permitted by FSP 106-1 pending issuance of final guidance and transition rules. The Company is currently reviewing the Act and the potential impact on its postretirement benefit plans. Changes to previously reported information may be required depending on the transition rules under final guidance.

    Account Balance Plans

        Savings Plans.     The Company sponsors a retirement savings and investment plan for all eligible employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 50% or less of their salary pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions vest immediately. Prior to January 1, 2004, the Company's matching contributions and any profit sharing contributions made to employees vested based on years of service. Company contributions made on or after January 1, 2004, vest immediately. In connection with the acquisition of Dime, the Company assumed Dime's savings plan, which was available to substantially all employees, as well as Dime's limited matching contributions. Dime's saving plan was merged into the Company's retirement savings and investment plan on July 1, 2002.

137


        Company contributions to savings plans were $114 million, $90 million and $65 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

        Other Account Balance Plans.     The Company sponsors supplemental employee and executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain officers. The plans are designed to supplement the benefits that are accrued under the Pension Plans.

        The following table shows expenses which exceeded 1% of total interest income and noninterest income and which are not otherwise shown separately in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Postage   $ 220   $ 192   $ 131
Loan expense     253     211     126

Note 22: Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and reduce the effects that changing interest rates may have on net income. These instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors and corridors, swaptions, forward contracts, mortgage put options, interest rate futures and certain interest rate risk management contracts that are embedded within certain adjustable- and fixed-rate borrowings. The contract or notional amount of a derivative, along with the other terms of the derivative, is used to determine the amounts to be exchanged between the parties. Because the contract or notional amount does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, it is not a measure of loss exposure related to the use of derivatives nor of exposure to liquidity risk. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments affecting net income are recorded as operating activities within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

    Fair value hedges

        Interest rate swaps wherein the Company receives a fixed rate of interest (receive-fixed swaps) are designated as fair value hedges against fixed-rate borrowings. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in interest expense on borrowings. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the amounts recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of the fair value hedges of fixed-rate borrowings were immaterial.

        The Company also mitigates the interest rate risks associated with the fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest (pay-fixed swaps) and swaptions where the Company will enter into pay-fixed swaps if the swaptions are exercised. These pay-fixed swaps and swaptions are accounted for as fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of these interest rate swaps and swaptions is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recognized a net loss of $3 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities.

138



        Home loans held for sale expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages the interest rate risk associated with home loans held for sale predominantly by entering into forward sales agreements and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, swaptions and interest rate futures contracts. Certain of these forward sales agreements are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these forward sales agreements is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in gain from mortgage loans. Changes in the value of derivative instruments for which hedge accounting treatment was not achieved are reported in revaluation gain from derivatives. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized net losses of $125 million and $184 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of home loans held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of home loans held for sale was immaterial.

        The Company also originates fixed-rate multi-family and commercial real estate loans for sale in the secondary market to investors. To mitigate the interest rate risks associated with this loan portfolio, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest. These pay-fixed swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these interest rate swaps is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the amounts recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of multi-family and commercial real estate loans held for sale were immaterial.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Cash flow hedges

        The Company enters into interest rate swaps wherein the Company pays a fixed rate of interest and stand alone interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges against adjustable-rate borrowings. The Company will also enter into cash flow hedges to hedge the forecasted sale of a portfolio of fixed-rate multi-family loans using interest rate swaps. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. For the hedges against adjustable-rate borrowings, amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to interest expense on borrowings during the same period in which the hedged item affects interest expense. For the hedges against the forecasted sale of loans, amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified into other noninterest income, during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized net losses of $5 million and $3 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges was immaterial.

        During 2002, the Company removed its cash flow hedge designation on certain payor swaptions because it was probable that the underlying hedged items, which were interest payments on anticipated issuances of certain long-term adjustable-rate borrowings, were not going to occur by the end of the originally specified time periods or within the additional periods of time allowed by Statement No. 133. Thus in accordance with Statement No. 133, the pretax accumulated loss of $112 million related to these payor swaptions was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to other noninterest income.

139



        As of December 31, 2003, accumulated other comprehensive income included $299 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of adjustable-rate liabilities that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months, as compared to $397 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2002.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Risk management derivatives

        In addition to investment securities that are held for MSR risk management purposes, the Company enters into a combination of derivatives to manage changes in fair value of its MSR. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company did not attempt to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133 for these derivatives. These derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors and forward purchase commitments. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in revaluation gain from derivatives.

        Occasionally, the Company utilizes derivative instruments for asset/liability interest rate risk management which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These risk management derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, interest rate caps and corridors. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in other noninterest income.

        The Company occasionally purchases or originates financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the financial instrument, the Company determines whether an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of the Company's embedded derivatives are considered clearly and closely related to the host contract and are not required to be separated from their host contracts.

    Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. With the exception of forward purchase and sale commitments, the Company obtains collateral from the counterparties for amounts in excess of the exposure limits and monitors its exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net". At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments was $1.34 billion and $3.76 billion. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2003 and 2002 reduced the Company's derivative counterparty credit risk by $646 million and $1.10 billion. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $323 million and $1.74 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

140



Note 23: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on management's judgment concerning future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. In addition, considerable judgment was required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        Fair value estimates were determined for existing financial instruments, including derivative instruments, without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of certain assets and liabilities that were not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that were not considered financial instruments include premises and equipment, net tax assets, real estate held for investment, foreclosed assets and other intangible assets. In addition, the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized was excluded from the valuation. Finally, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses could have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the valuations.

        Assets and liabilities whose carrying amounts approximate fair value include cash and cash equivalents, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, investment in FHLBs, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts, federal funds purchased and commercial paper and derivative financial instruments.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

        Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements—The carrying amount represented fair value. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements are investments of high liquidity and have characteristics similar to cash.

        Available-for-sale securities—Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities, as well as internal analysis.

        Investment in FHLBs—The carrying amount represented fair value. FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and is required to be sold back at its par value.

        Loans held for sale—Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and pricing of similar instruments.

        Loans held in portfolio—Loans were priced using an option-adjusted cash flow valuation methodology. Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and the pricing of similar instruments.

        MSR—The fair value of MSR was estimated using projected cash flows, adjusted for the effects of anticipated prepayments, using a market discount rate. The fair value estimates exclude the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized.

141



        Deposits—The fair value of checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts was the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. For time deposit accounts, the fair value was determined using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on alternate funding sources with similar maturities.

        Other financial liabilities—These liabilities include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, advances from FHLBs and other borrowings. These were valued using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate for the respective financial liabilities was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using an internal analysis based on the market prices of similar instruments.

        Derivative financial instruments—The value of these financial instruments represents their fair value and approximates the amount that the Company would pay or receive to settle the position. The Company determines fair value by using valuation models incorporating current market information or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics.

        The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002 (1)
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Financial Assets:                        
  Loans held for sale   $ 20,343   $ 20,345   $ 38,782   $ 38,843
  Loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     174,394     176,249     142,366     145,050
  MSR     6,354     6,386     5,341     5,380

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Time deposits     27,957     28,323     33,768     34,667
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     28,333     28,468     16,717     17,236
  Advances from FHLBs     48,330     48,402     51,265     51,453
  Other borrowings     15,483     16,086     14,712     15,210

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2—"Restatement of Financial Statements."

142


Note 24: Financial Information—Washington Mutual, Inc.

        The following Washington Mutual, Inc. (parent only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002 (1)
  2001 (1)
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                    
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries   $ 13   $ 21   $ 38  
  Other interest income     5     10     1  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     18     31     39  
Interest Expense                    
  Other borrowings     262     274     223  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     262     274     223  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense     (244 )   (243 )   (184 )
  Provision for loan and lease losses         1     1  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense after provision for loan and lease losses     (244 )   (244 )   (185 )
Noninterest Income                    
  Other income     13     6     6  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     13     6     6  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     63     42     28  
  Other expense     61     77     74  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     124     119     102  
   
 
 
 
    Net loss before income tax benefit, dividends from subsidiaries and equity in undistributed (loss) income of subsidiaries     (355 )   (357 )   (281 )
  Income tax benefit     184     147     111  
  Dividends from subsidiaries     4,833     2,996     1,642  
  Equity in undistributed (loss) income of subsidiaries     (782 )   1,075     1,632  
   
 
 
 
Net Income   $ 3,880   $ 3,861   $ 3,104  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2—"Restatement of Financial Statements."

143



CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
  2003
  2002 (1)
 
  (in millions)

Assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 816   $ 410
  Available-for-sale securities     66     59
  Loans     2     2
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries     2,523     283
  Investment in subsidiaries     22,889     24,285
  Other assets     1,210     692
   
 
    Total assets   $ 27,506   $ 25,731
   
 
Liabilities            
  Notes payable to subsidiaries   $ 7   $ 7
  Other borrowings     7,189     5,617
  Other liabilities     568     46
   
 
    Total liabilities     7,764     5,670
Stockholders' Equity     19,742     20,061
   
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 27,506   $ 25,731
   
 

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2—"Restatement of Financial Statements."

144



CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002 (1)
  2001 (1)
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
Net income   $ 3,880   $ 3,861   $ 3,104  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Provision for loan and lease losses         1     1  
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets     (3 )   19     22  
  Equity in undistributed loss (income) of subsidiaries     782     (1,075 )   (1,632 )
  Increase in other assets     (143 )   (756 )   (96 )
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     564     (231 )   191  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by operating activities     5,080     1,819     1,590  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of securities     (3 )   (69 )   (30 )
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities     1     1     2  
  Origination of loans, net of principal payments         1     1  
  (Increase) decrease in notes receivable from subsidiaries     (2,240 )   481     (401 )
  Investment in subsidiaries     (520 )   (2,957 )   (645 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash used by investing activities     (2,762 )   (2,543 )   (1,073 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  Proceeds from other borrowings     1,573     1,854     903  
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,274 )   (1,026 )   (781 )
  Cash dividends returned     68          
  Repurchase of common stock     (2,699 )   (1,303 )   (231 )
  Common stock warrants issued             398  
  Common stock issued     420     218     197  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used) provided by financing activities     (1,912 )   (257 )   486  
   
 
 
 
    Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     406     (981 )   1,003  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     410     1,391     388  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 816   $ 410   $ 1,391  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2—"Restatement of Financial Statements."

Note 25: Operating Segments

        The Company has grouped its products and services into two primary categories—those marketed to retail consumers and those marketed to commercial customers and has established three operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: Retail Banking and Financial Services, Mortgage Banking and the Commercial Group. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. The management reporting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. The Company's operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer.

145



        The Company uses various methodologies, and continues to enhance those methodologies, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds transfer pricing system, which matches assets and liabilities with the approximate market benchmark of the Company's cost of funds. It is based on the maturities and interest rate sensitivities of assets and liabilities and is designed to extract interest rate risk from the business units and concentrate it in the Treasury Division, where it is managed. This system measures the interest margin that is contributed by individual products, customers and organizational units. It captures historical interest rate sensitivity of the balance sheet, risk management decisions within approved limits and the temporary divergence of funds transfer pricing assumptions from the actual duration of assets and liabilities. Certain basis and other residual risk remains in the operating segments; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio for loan products within each segment, which differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This methodology is used to provide segment management with provision information for strategic decision making; (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments; (4) the allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition; (5) capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment; and (6) an economic capital model which is the framework for assessing business performance on a risk-adjusted basis. Changing economic conditions, further research and new data may lead to the update of the capital allocation assumptions.

        On September 30, 2003, the Company announced the realignment of its operating segment structure. As a result of this realignment, the Company's products and services are now grouped into two primary categories—those marketed to retail consumers and those marketed to commercial customers. The financial information reported for the Company's operating segments is presented under this recently realigned structure. Historical periods have been restated to conform to this new presentation.

        The Consumer Group provides access to customers through a wide range of channels, which encompass a network of retail banking stores, retail and wholesale home loan centers and ATMs. Additionally, 24-hour service is provided through telephone call centers and online banking. The Consumer Group consists of two distinct operating segments for which separate financial reports are prepared: the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment, and the Mortgage Banking segment.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services segment offers a diversified set of products and financial services to individual consumers. These products and services include deposit products such as the Company's signature free checking and Platinum accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and time deposit accounts. Loan products include home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. This segment also holds those home loans originated and serviced by the Mortgage Banking segment for retention in the Company's loan portfolio, and purchased subprime home loans. Financial services offered by this segment include the Company's mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc., which provides investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services, and investment advisory and securities brokerage services that are offered by WM Financial Services, Inc., a licensed broker-dealer. Fixed annuities are also offered to the public through licensed banking employees.

        The Mortgage Banking segment originates and services home loans that are sold to secondary market participants and loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment. Costs incurred by the Mortgage Banking segment for servicing the Company's home loan portfolio are

146



charged to the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment. Insurance services that complement the mortgage process, such as private mortgage insurance and property and casualty insurance policies, are also offered by this segment. This segment also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities and offers a variety of life insurance policies.

        The Commercial Group's activities are managed as one operating segment. This group's products and services include loans made to developers and investors of multi-family and other commercial real estate properties, commercial real estate loan servicing, selling commercial real estate loans to secondary market participants, mortgage banker financing and loans made to small- and mid-sized businesses. The Group also provides financing to builders for the construction of new homes. Through Long Beach Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and a component of the Company's specialty mortgage finance program, the Commercial Group originates and services home loans made to higher-risk borrowers that are sold to private and other secondary market participants.

        The Corporate Support/Treasury & Other category includes management of the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings and investment securities and home loan mortgage-backed securities portfolios. To the extent not allocated to the business segments, this category also includes the costs of the Company's technology services, facilities, legal, accounting and finance, and human resources. Also reported in this category is the net impact of funds transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances including the effects of changes in interest rates on the Company's net interest margin and the effects of inter-segment allocations of gains and losses related to interest rate risk management instruments.

147



        Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  Consumer Group
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Retail
Banking &
Financial
Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 4,018   $ 2,462   $ 1,323   $ (530 ) $ 356 (1) $ 7,629  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     146         115     3     (222 ) (2)   42  
  Noninterest income     2,497     2,980     476     649     (752 ) (3)   5,850  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     179     (179 )                
  Noninterest expense     3,950     3,105     561     635     (843 ) (4)   7,408  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     2,598     2,158     1,123     (519 )   669     6,029  
  Income taxes (benefit)     996     827     405     (192 )   200 (5)   2,236  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     1,602     1,331     718     (327 )   469     3,793  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes             87             87  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 1,602   $ 1,331   $ 805   $ (327 ) $ 469   $ 3,880  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     51.27 % (6)   55.03 % (6)   24.68 % (6)   n/a     n/a     54.96 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 121,119   $ 42,626   $ 35,695   $ (255 ) $ (1,260 ) (8) $ 197,925  
  Average assets     133,004     69,900     44,376     37,920     (2,081 ) (8) (9)   283,119  
  Average deposits     125,440     27,112     5,407     5,626     n/a     163,585  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Represents the inter-segment offset of $1,260 million for inter-segment loan premiums that Retail Banking and Financial Services recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from Mortgage Banking.
(9)
Represents the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $821 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.

148


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
 
  Consumer Group
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Retail
Banking &
Financial
Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income   $ 3,813   $ 1,774   $ 1,179   $ 1,068   $ 295 (1) $ 8,129  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     282         202     3     (83 ) (2)   404  
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,243     2,365     508     (76 )   (571 ) (3)   4,469  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     96     (96 )                
  Noninterest expense     3,562     2,293     514     635     (816 ) (4)   6,188  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     2,308     1,750     971     354     623     6,006  
  Income taxes     880     655     352     131     199 (5)   2,217  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     1,428     1,095     619     223     424     3,789  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes             72             72  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 1,428   $ 1,095   $ 691   $ 223   $ 424   $ 3,861  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     49.79 % (6)   51.67 % (6)   23.76 % (6)   n/a     n/a     49.12 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 114,149   $ 28,666   $ 33,106   $ (435 ) $ (957 ) (8) $ 174,529  
  Average assets     125,682     48,560     40,171     58,824     (1,817 ) (8) (9)   271,420  
  Average deposits     112,034     13,583     4,014     4,885     n/a     134,516  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Represents the inter-segment offset of $957 million for inter-segment loan premiums that Retail Banking and Financial Services recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from Mortgage Banking.
(9)
Represents the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $860 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.

149


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2001
 
 
  Consumer Group
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Retail
Banking &
Financial
Services

  Mortgage
Banking

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income   $ 3,060   $ 878   $ 915   $ 1,375   $ 264 (1) $ 6,492  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     218         119     7     82 (2)   426  
  Noninterest income (expense)     1,817     1,288     429     (74 )   (284 ) (3)   3,176  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     62     (62 )                
  Noninterest expense     2,551     1,134     373     610     (252 ) (4)   4,416  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     2,170     970     852     684     150     4,826  
  Income taxes     816     376     310     253     28 (5)   1,783  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     1,354     594     542     431     122     3,043  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes             61             61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 1,354   $ 594   $ 603   $ 431   $ 122   $ 3,104  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     49.26 % (6)   50.55 % (6)   22.90 % (6)   n/a     n/a     44.29 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 98,364   $ 18,169   $ 29,061   $ (20 ) $ (793 ) (8) $ 144,781  
  Average assets     107,556     26,356     35,176     57,875     (1,422 ) (8) (9)   225,541  
  Average deposits     81,194     7,591     3,855     3,665     n/a     96,305  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Represents the inter-segment offset of $793 million for inter-segment loan premiums that Retail Banking and Financial Services recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from Mortgage Banking.
(9)
Represents the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $629 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.

150



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

        Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter (1)

  First
Quarter (1)

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 2,799   $ 2,998   $ 3,138   $ 3,228
Interest expense     1,056     1,089     1,152     1,235
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,743     1,909     1,986     1,993
Provision (reversal of reserve) for loan and lease losses     (202 )   76     81     88
Noninterest income     1,465     1,564     1,526     1,295
Noninterest expense     2,101     1,810     1,850     1,647
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     1,309     1,587     1,581     1,553
Income taxes     488     588     586     575
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations     821     999     995     978
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     21     24     22     19
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 842   $ 1,023   $ 1,017   $ 997
   
 
 
 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 842   $ 1,023   $ 1,017   $ 997
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations   $ 0.93   $ 1.11   $ 1.09   $ 1.06
  Net income     0.95     1.14     1.12     1.08
Diluted earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations     0.91     1.09     1.07     1.05
  Net income     0.93     1.11     1.09     1.07
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     46.55     42.75     43.90     36.60
  Low     38.57     36.92     35.68     32.98
Dividends declared per common share     0.41     0.40     0.30     0.29

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Restatement of Financial Statements." Previously reported net income for each quarter restated was $1,003 million for the first quarter and $1,020 million for the second quarter.

151


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  Fourth 
Quarter (1)

  Third   
Quarter (1)(2)

  Second  
Quarter (1)(2)

  First   
Quarter (1)(2)

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 3,281   $ 3,327   $ 3,496   $ 3,750
Interest expense     1,400     1,448     1,439     1,439
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,881     1,879     2,057     2,311
Provision for loan and lease losses     67     85     117     135
Noninterest income     1,251     1,300     1,137     779
Noninterest expense     1,603     1,569     1,541     1,473
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     1,462     1,525     1,536     1,482
Income taxes     551     559     563     544
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations     911     966     973     938
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     30     13     15     14
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 941   $ 979   $ 988   $ 952
   
 
 
 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 941   $ 978   $ 986   $ 950
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations   $ 0.99   $ 1.02   $ 1.02   $ 0.99
  Net income     1.02     1.03     1.03     1.00
Diluted earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations     0.97     1.00     1.00     0.97
  Net income     1.00     1.02     1.01     0.99
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     36.65     38.50     39.45     35.39
  Low     28.41     30.98     33.00     31.60
Dividends declared per common share     0.28     0.27     0.26     0.25

(1)
Amounts restated for reasons described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Restatement of Financial Statements." Previously reported net income for each quarter restated was $956 million for the first quarter, $990 million for the second quarter, $981 million for the third quarter and $969 million for the fourth quarter.
(2)
Restated to reflect the adoption of Statement No. 147 as of October 1, 2002, thereby decreasing noninterest expense by $9 million for first quarter, second quarter, and third quarter of 2002.

152



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
DESCRIPTION

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  DESCRIPTION

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. File No. 0-25188.)

3.2


Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Washington Mutual, Inc. creating a class of preferred stock, Series RP.

3.3

 

Restated Bylaws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. File No. 1-14667.)

4.1

 

Rights Agreement dated December 20, 2000 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 8, 2001. File No. 0-25188.)

4.2

 

The registrant will furnish upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.

4.3

 

Warrant Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3. File No. 333-63976.)

4.4

 

2003 Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated March 11, 2003 by and between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003. File No. 1-14667.)

10.1

*

Lease Agreement between Third and University Limited Partnership and Washington Mutual Savings Bank, dated September 1, 1988.

10.2

†††

Three-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent.

10.2.1

 

Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 17, 2003 to Three-Year Credit Agreement between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (filed herewith).

Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans and Arrangements (Exhibits 10.3-10.44.3)

10.3

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.3.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith).

10.4


Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.

10.4.1


First Amendment to the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.

10.4.2

††

Second Amendment to the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.
     

E-1



10.5

††

Washington Mutual Equity Incentive Plan (formerly known as Washington Mutual Restricted Stock Plan) as Amended and Restated as of January 16, 2001.

10.6

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed herewith).

10.6.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed herewith).

10.6.2

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed herewith).

10.7

 

WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 1998. File No. 0-25188.)

10.7.1


Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.2


Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.3


Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.4


Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.5

††

Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.6

†††

Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.7

†††

Amendment to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

10.7.8

 

Amendment No. 6 to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).

10.7.9

 

Amendment No. 9 to the WaMu Savings Plan, formerly known as Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).

10.8

*

Washington Mutual Employee Service Award Plan.

10.9

**

Supplemental Employee's Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of Washington Mutual.

10.10

**

Washington Mutual Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan.
     

E-2



10.11

†††

Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2002.

10.11.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2002 (filed herewith).

10.12

 

Washington Mutual Leadership Bonus Program (filed herewith).

10.13

***

Employment Agreement of Kerry K. Killinger.

10.14

***

Employment Agreement for Executive Officers.

10.15

 

Form of Employment Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents. (Incorporated by reference to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998. File No. 0-25188.)

10.16

 

The 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended effective July 26, 1994). (Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report of Great Western Financial Corporation ("Great Western"), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994. File No. 001-04075.)

10.16.1

 

Amendment No. 1996-1 to the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)

10.16.2

 

Form of Director Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Registration Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 33-21469 pertaining to Great Western's 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.)

10.16.3

 

Form of Director Stock Option Agreement effective January 3, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)

10.17

 

Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991. File No. 001-04075.)

10.17.1

 

Amendment to Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Senior Officers' and basic Deferred Compensation Plans (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994. File No. 001-04075.)

10.17.2

 

Amendment No. 2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)

10.17.3

 

Amendment No. 1996-2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)

10.18

 

Restated Retirement Plan for Directors. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)
     

E-3



10.19

 

Employee Home Loan Program. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)

10.19.1

 

Amendment No. 1996-1 to Employee Home Loan Program, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)

10.20

 

Omnibus Amendment 1997-1 amending the definition of change in control in the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended December 10, 1996, the Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement), as amended December 10, 1996, and the Employee Home Loan Program (revised and restated as of April 27, 1993), as amended December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)

10.21

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)

10.22

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1996 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

10.23

 

Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)

10.23.1

 

First Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

10.23.2

 

Second Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)

10.24

 

Senior Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

10.25

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)

10.26

 

Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)

10.26.1

 

First Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

10.26.2

 

Second Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
     

E-4



10.27

 

Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)

10.27.1

 

First Amendment to Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)

10.28

 

Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)

10.28.1

 

First Amendment to Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

10.29

 

Amended Form of Indemnity Agreement between H.F. Ahmanson & Company and directors and executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)

10.30

 

Board of Directors Retirement Plan of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to the Current Report of Coast Savings Financial Inc. ("Coast") on Form 8-K dated September 1, 1989. File No. 1-10264.)

10.31

 

Form of Post-Retirement Compensation Arrangement of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-10264.)

10.32

 

Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan of Coast, dated February 28, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-10264.)

10.33

 

Long Beach Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to the Long Beach Financial Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1. File No. 333-22013.)

10.34

 

Bank United Corp. ("Bank United") 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.)

10.35

††

Bank United 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.36

††

Bank United 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.37

 

Bank United Director Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.)

10.37.1

 

Bank United Director Stock Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 16, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000. File No. 0-21017.)

10.38

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Board Members of DSB (the "DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
     

E-5



10.39

 

Retainer Continuation Plan for Independent Directors of DSB (the "Retainer Continuation Plan") (Incorporated by reference to DSB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed on September 16, 1994 as Exhibit A to Dime's Report on Form 8-K dated that date. File No. 001- 13094), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of January 13, 1995, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 001-13094), (ii) an Amendment, effective as of December 31, 1996, to the Retainer Continuation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iii) an Amendment, effective March 1, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iv) an Amendment, effective July 24, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (v) an Amendment to the Retainer Continuation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11)

10.40

 

Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective March 26, 1998, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective October 1, 1999, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)

10.41

 

Dime 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated effective March 27, 1998 (the "1997 Outside Director Plan"). (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K.)

10.41.1

 

Amendment to the Dime 1997 Outside Director Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)

10.42

†††

Washington Mutual, Inc. WAMU Shares program.

10.43

†††

January 1999 WAMU Shares program.

10.43.1

 

Amendments to the January 1999 WAMU Shares Plan (See Exhibit 10.44.3).

10.44

†††

February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan.

10.44.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (filed herewith).

10.44.2

 

Amendment No. 3 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (filed herewith).

10.44.3

 

Amendments to the January 1999 WAMU Shares Plan and the February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (collectively, the "Plans") (filed herewith).

12.1

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).

12.2

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (filed herewith).

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).

23

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (filed herewith).
     

E-6



31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

*
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 29, 1994. File No. 0-25188.

**
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 0-25188.

***
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. File No. 0-25188.

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-14667.

††
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. File No. 1-14667.

†††
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. File No. 1-14667.


Exhibits followed by a parenthetical reference are incorporated by reference herein from the documents described therein. Documents relating to Ahmanson filed prior to May 1985 were filed by H.F. Ahmanson & Company, a California corporation, File No. 1-7108.

E-7




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2003 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. INDEX OF EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.2.1

Execution Copy



AMENDMENT NO. 1
dated as of December 17, 2003

to

U.S. $800,000,000
THREE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of August 12, 2002

between

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.,
as Borrower

WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION,
as Departing Borrower

The LENDERS Party Hereto

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
BANK ONE, N.A. and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agents,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent




AMENDMENT NO. 1

        AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of December 17, 2003 to the Credit Agreement referred to below, between WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. (" WAMU "), WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION (" Finance "), the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent.

        WAMU, Finance, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent are parties to a Three-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the " Credit Agreement "), providing, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for extensions of credit (by making of loans) to be made by the Lenders to WAMU and Finance.

        WAMU is the indirect owner of Finance. WAMU has entered into a Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 24, 2003 (the " Transaction Agreement "), by and among WAMU, Great Western Service Corporation Two (the direct holding company of Finance) and CitiFinancial Credit Company, pursuant to which Finance and all of its subsidiaries, other than those subsidiaries and assets associated with the conduct of business in the State of Mississippi, are to be sold to CitiFinancial Credit Company (the " Transaction ").

        WAMU has requested that the Lenders consent to the Transaction and, in that connection, to remove Finance as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement, and has in addition requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement and, accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

        Section 1.     Definitions .    Except as otherwise defined in this Amendment No. 1, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as defined therein.

        Section 2.     Amendments .    Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 5 of this Amendment No. 1), but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of this Amendment No. 1, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

        2.01.     General References .    References in the Credit Agreement (including references to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby) to "this Agreement" (and indirect references such as "hereunder", "hereby", "herein" and "hereof") shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby. Each reference in the Credit Agreement to "Schedule V" shall be deemed to be a reference to Schedule V to this Amendment No. 1.

        2.02.     Certain Definitions .

        2.03.     Removal of Finance as Borrower .    Finance shall no longer be entitled to borrow under the Credit Agreement, and shall no longer be a Borrower thereunder. Accordingly, (i) provisions in the Credit Agreement that are applicable solely to Finance or are in the Credit Agreement solely because Finance was a party thereto (such as, by way of illustration and not limitation, clauses (i) and (m) of Section 6.01, Section 6.04(b), Section 6.06 and the last sentence of Article VII of the Credit Agreement) shall be deemed deleted from the Credit Agreement, (ii) references in the Credit Agreement to Finance (other than descriptive references such as those appearing in the definition of "Existing Credit Facilities") shall be deemed deleted from the Credit Agreement, (iii) each reference in


the Credit Agreement to "the Borrowers", "either or both of the Borrowers", "either Borrower", "both Borrowers", "each Borrower", "the relevant Borrower", "a Borrower", "one Borrower", "such Borrower", "neither Borrower" or words of similar import shall be deemed to be references to "WAMU" or "the Borrower", and (iv) such conforming grammatical changes as the context shall require as a result of the implementation of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be deemed made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the repayment in full of all outstanding principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Loans made to Finance by the Lenders and all other amounts owing by Finance to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, Finance shall be entitled to the return of any promissory notes delivered by it to any Lender pursuant to Section 2.09(g) of the Credit Agreement.

        2.04.     Subsidiaries .    Clause (a) of Section 3.14 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        2.05.     Confidentiality .    Clause (b) of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by inserting a new last sentence to read as follows:

        2.06.     Notices.     Clause (a) of Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        Section 3.     Consent .    Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of this Amendment No. 1, the Lenders hereby consent to the Transaction.

        Section 4.     Representations and Warranties .    WAMU represents and warrants to the Lenders as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 of this Amendment No. 1), both before and immediately after giving effect to the amendments set forth in Section 2 hereof, that (a) the respective representations and warranties of WAMU set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement are true and

2



correct on and as of the Effective Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and as if each reference in said Article III to "this Agreement" (or words of similar import) included reference to this Amendment No. 1, and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

        The breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4 shall be an Event of Default for purposes of clause (c) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement.

        Section 5.     Conditions Precedent .    The amendments provided for in Section 2 of this Amendment No. 1, and the consent provided for in Section 3 of this Amendment No. 1, shall become effective on the date (the " Effective Date ") occurring on or before February 16, 2004 on which the Administrative Agent confirms to WAMU in writing that each of the following conditions precedent has been satisfied:

        5.01.     Amendment No. 1 .    The Administrative Agent shall have received one or more counterparts of this Amendment No. 1 executed by each party hereto.

        5.02.     Consummation of Transaction .    The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Transaction shall have been (or shall be simultaneously) consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

        5.03.     Repayment of Outstanding Loans .    The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that Finance shall have paid in full all outstanding principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Loans made to it by the Lenders and all other amounts owing to the Lenders under the Credit Agreement.

        5.04.     Officer's Certificate .    The Administrative Agent shall have received for the account of each Lender a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of WAMU, dated the Effective Date, confirming the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 hereof.

        5.05.     Other Documents .    The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent or Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special New York counsel to JPMorgan, may reasonably request.

        Section 6.     Miscellaneous .    Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same amendatory instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment No. 1 by signing any such counterpart. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

3


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 
   
   
    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
STEVE LOBO       
Name: Steve Lobo
Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DIANE L. KELLEHER       
Name: Diane L. Kelleher
Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

LENDERS

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
individually and as a Swingline Lender and as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ROGER P. PARKER       
Name: Roger P. Parker
Title: Vice President

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MARY P. RIGGINS       
Name: Mary Pat Riggins
Title: Managing Director

 

 

BANK ONE, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JANET S. LEONG       
Name: Janet S. Leong
Title: Director

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
YOKO OTANI       
Name: Yoko Otani
Title: Managing Director
         

4


    DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH AND/OR CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title:

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title:

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title:

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON ACTING THROUGH ITS CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAY CHALL       
Name: Jay Chall
Title: Director

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CASSANDRA DROOGAN       
Name: Cassandra Droogan
Title: Associate

 

 

ABN AMRO N.V.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
PHILIP A. MONDROWSKI       
Name: Philip A. Mondrowski
Title: Group Vice President

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHRISTOPHER THOMPSON       
Name: Christopher Thompson
Title: Vice President

 

 

BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
VICTOR BULZACCHELLI       
Name: Victor Bulzacchelli
Title: Authorized Agent
         

5


    LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title:

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
LOUIS ALDER       
Name: Louis Alder
Title: Vice President

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title:

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ROY O. YOUNG       
Name: Roy O. Young
Title: Vice President

 

 

WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ROBERT WIESER       
Name: Robert Wieser
Title: Executive Director

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
KAYVAN FATEH-TEHRANI       
Name: Kayvan Fateh-Tehrani
Title: Director

 

 

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
D. A. CATTELL       
Name: D. A. Cattell
Title: Vice President

 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
BRUCE A. PIETKA       
Name: Bruce A. Pietka
Title: Vice President

6


SCHEDULE V
to Amendment No. 1


Principal Subsidiaries




QuickLinks

Principal Subsidiaries

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.3


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

        The purposes of the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") are (a) to promote the long-term interests of Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") and its shareholders by strengthening the Company's ability to attract, motivate and retain employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors and (b) to provide additional incentive for those persons through stock ownership and other incentives to improve operations, increase profits and strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and the Company's shareholders.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

        As used in the Plan:

         "Acquisition Price" means the fair market value of the securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, receivable upon consummation of a Company Transaction in respect of a share of Common Stock.

         "Award" means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, dividend equivalent, cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee from time to time under the Plan.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Cause , " unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means (a) conviction of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude (including forgery, fraud, theft or embezzlement), or conviction or entry into a pretrial diversion or similar program in connection with prosecution for an offense involving dishonesty, breach of trust or money laundering, or (b) dishonesty, fraud, theft of property of the Company or a Related Company, willful destruction of property of the Company or a Related Company, physical attack on an employee, customer, agent or director of the Company or a Related Company, willful malfeasance in the performance of duties or willful misconduct materially injurious to the Company or a Related Company, in each case as determined by the chief human resources officer of the Company or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Committee, whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

         "Committee" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

         "Common Stock" means the common stock, no par value, of the Company.

         "Company" means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

         "Company Transaction , " unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means consummation of either

        (a)   a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other company or other entity or

1



        (b)   a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions undertaken with a common purpose of all or substantially all of the Company's then outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the Company's assets;

        provided, however, that a Company Transaction shall not include a Related Party Transaction.

         "Covered Employee" means a "covered employee" as that term is defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, or any successor provision.

         "Disability , " unless otherwise defined by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or a Related Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the chief human resources officer of the Company or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Committee, whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding.

         "Effective Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 18.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

         "Extraordinary Items" means (a) extraordinary, unusual and/or nonrecurring items of gain or loss, (b) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (c) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (d) the effects of a merger or acquisition, all of which must be identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management's Discussion and Analysis section of the Company's annual report.

         "Fair Market Value" means the closing price for the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during regular session trading for a single trading day as reported for such day in The Wall Street Journal or such other source the Committee deems reliable. The applicable trading day for determining Fair Market Value (a) in connection with the grant of Awards shall be the trading day immediately preceding the Grant Date and (b) otherwise shall be as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. If no reported price for the Common Stock exists for the applicable trading day, then such price on the last preceding date for which such price exists shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

         "Grant Date" means the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Committee, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

         "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option granted with the intention that it qualify as an "incentive stock option" as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

         "Nonemployee Director" has the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

         "Option" means a right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7.

         "Participant" means any eligible person set forth in Section 5 to whom an Award is granted.

         "Performance Criteria" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

         "Performance Share" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

         "Performance Unit" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

2



         "Plan" means the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.

        " Related Company" means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.

         "Related Party Transaction" means (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Company immediately after the merger or consolidation; (b) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to a majority-owned subsidiary company; (c) a transaction undertaken for the principal purpose of restructuring the capital of the Company, including but not limited to, reincorporating the Company in a different jurisdiction or creating a holding company, so long as, immediately after the transaction, at least a majority of the outstanding securities of the successor company are held by holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; or (d) a corporate dissolution or liquidation.

         "Restricted Stock" means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 9, the rights of ownership of which may be subject to restrictions prescribed by the Committee.

         "Retirement , " unless otherwise defined by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches age 55 and has served, as applicable, either (a) ten years as an employee of the Company or a Related Company or (b) five years as a member of the Board.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

         "Stock Appreciation Right" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

         "Stock Unit" means an Award granted under Section 9 denominated in units of Common Stock.

         "Successor Company" means the surviving company, the successor company or its parent, as applicable, in connection with a Company Transaction.

         "Termination of Service , " means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the chief human resources officer of the Company or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Committee, whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant's employment or service relationship between Related Companies, or between the Company and any Related Company, shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant's employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1   Administration of the Plan

        The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or any successor thereto; provided, however, that with respect to Nonemployee Directors, the Plan shall be administered by the Governance Committee of the Board, or any successor thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may delegate the responsibility for administering the Plan with respect to designated classes of eligible persons to different committees consisting of two or more members of the Board, subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate. Members of any committee shall

3



serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the Board at any time. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Board or the Human Resources Committee may authorize one or more senior executive officers of the Company to grant Awards to designated classes of eligible persons, within limits specifically prescribed by the Board or the Human Resources Committee, as applicable; provided, however, that no such officer shall have or obtain authority to grant Awards to himself or herself or to any person subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All references in the Plan to the "Committee" shall be, as applicable, to the Human Resources Committee, the Governance Committee, or any other committee or officer to whom the Board or the Human Resources Committee has delegated authority to administer the Plan.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chief human resources officer of the Company or other person performing that function shall be authorized, in addition to the Committee, to determine the effect on the vesting of an Award of a Company-approved leave of absence or a Participant's working less than full-time.

3.2   Administration and Interpretation by Committee

        Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and exclusive authority, subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board, to (a) select the eligible persons as set forth in Section 5 to whom Awards may from time to time be granted under the Plan; (b) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (c) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan; (d) determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan; (e) approve the forms of agreements for use under the Plan; (f) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or canceled or suspended; (g) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, shares of Common Stock, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; (h) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement entered into under the Plan; (i) establish such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (j) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any shareholder and any eligible person. A majority of the members of the Committee may determine its actions and fix the time and place of its meetings.

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1   Authorized Number of Shares

        Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 15.1, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be

        (a)   29,035,000 shares plus

        (b)   (i) any authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the Company's Equity Incentive Plan and the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Prior Plans") as of the Effective Date and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date that on or after the Effective Date cease for any reason to be subject to such awards (other than by reason of exercise or settlement of the awards to the extent they are exercised for or settled in vested and nonforfeitable shares), up to an aggregate maximum of 55,745,000 shares.

4



4.2   Share Usage

        (a)   Shares of Common Stock covered by an Award shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and are thereafter reacquired by the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the reacquired shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock tendered by a Participant or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase price of an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award shall be available for the Awards under the Plan. The number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units. All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by the Company.

        (b)   The Committee shall have the authority to grant Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under other compensation plans or arrangements of the Company.

        (c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate share number stated in Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1; and provided, further, that for purposes of Section 4.3, any such shares shall be counted in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

4.3   Limitations

        (a)   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1, no Participant shall be eligible to receive in any one calendar year Awards relating to more than 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

        (b)   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1 and without regard to Options or Stock Appreciations Rights: (i) the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to non-performance based Awards shall not exceed 13,000,000, and (ii) the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards that either contain no restrictions or are subject to restrictions based solely on continuous employment or services for less than three years (except where Termination of Service occurs by reason of death, Retirement, or Disability) shall not exceed 4,350,000.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

        An Award may be granted to any employee, officer or director of the Company or a Related Company whom the Committee from time to time selects. An Award may also be granted to any consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor who renders bona fide services to the Company or any Related Company that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company's securities in a capital-raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company's securities.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

6.1   Form and Grant of Awards

        The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted under the Plan. Such Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with any other type of Award.

5



6.2   Evidence of Awards

        Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written instrument that shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the Committee shall deem advisable and are not inconsistent with the Plan.

6.3   Ten Percent Limitation on Ownership

        Unless requisite approvals are obtained from the primary federal regulator(s) of the Company's banking subsidiary or subsidiaries, no person shall be eligible to receive any Award that, if exercised (in the case of Options) or otherwise settled in shares of Common Stock, would result in such person's holding beneficially or of record in excess of 10% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

6.4   Deferrals

        The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of any Award. If any such deferral election is permitted or required, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of interest, or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits to deferred stock unit equivalents.

SECTION 7. OPTIONS

7.1   Grant of Options

        The Committee may grant Options designated as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

7.2   Option Exercise Price

        The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be as determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the Grant Date, except in the case of substitute awards issued by the Company in connection with a Company Transaction or a Related Company Transaction. In no event shall the Committee cancel any outstanding Option for the purpose of reissuing the Option to the Participant at a lower exercise price or reduce the exercise price of an outstanding Option.

7.3   Term of Options

        Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Option shall be as established for that Option by the Committee or, if not so established, shall be ten years from the Grant Date.

7.4   Exercise of Options

        The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option the time at which, or the installments in which, the Option shall vest and become exercisable, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time. To the extent an Option has vested and become exercisable, the Option may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement or notice, in a form and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, the restrictions imposed on the shares purchased under such exercise agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements as may be required by the Committee, accompanied by payment in full as described in Section 7.5. An Option may be exercised

6



only for whole shares and may not be exercised for less than a reasonable number of shares at any one time, as determined by the Committee.

7.5   Payment of Exercise Price

        The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased. Such consideration must be paid before the Company will issue the shares being purchased and must be in a form or a combination of forms acceptable to the Committee for that purchase, which forms may include

        (a)   cash;

        (b)   check or wire transfer;

        (c)   tendering (either actually or by attestation) shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant, provided that the shares have been held for the minimum period required by applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes or were not acquired from the Company as compensation;

        (d)   to the extent permitted by applicable law, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a brokerage firm designated by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or

        (e)   such other consideration as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion.

7.6   Post-Termination Exercises

        The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time.

        A Participant's change in status from an employee to a consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor, or a change in status from a consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor to an employee, shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of this Section 7.

7.7   Incentive Stock Options

        The terms of any Incentive Stock Options shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Individuals who are not employees of the Company or one of its parent or subsidiary corporations (as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 422 of the Code) may not be granted Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or, if different, the maximum limitation in effect at the time of grant under the Code (the Fair Market Value being determined as of the Grant Date for the Option), such portion in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. This provision shall be applied by taking Incentive Stock Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

7



SECTION 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

8.1   Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

        The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights ("Stock Appreciation Rights" or "SARs") to Participants at any time. An SAR may be granted in tandem with an Option or alone ("freestanding"). The grant price of a tandem SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related Option, and the grant price of a freestanding SAR shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the Grant Date. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the SAR, the term of a freestanding SAR shall be as established for that SAR by the Committee or, if not so established, shall be ten years, and in the case of a tandem SAR, (a) the term shall not exceed the term of the related Option and (b) the tandem SAR may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option, except that the tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

8.2   Payment of SAR Amount

        Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying: (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the date of exercise over the grant price by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon exercise of an SAR may be in cash, in shares of Common Stock of equivalent value, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

9.1   Grant of Restricted Stock and Stock Units

        The Committee may grant Restricted Stock and Stock Units on such terms and conditions and subject to such repurchase or forfeiture restrictions, if any (which may be based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company or the achievement of any of the Performance Criteria set forth in Section 11.1), as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award.

9.2   Issuance of Shares

        Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions prescribed with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units, or upon a Participant's release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, as determined by the Committee, and subject to the provisions of Section 13, (a) the shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant and (b) Stock Units shall be paid in cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. Any fractional shares subject to such Awards shall be paid to the Participant in cash.

9.3   Dividends and Distributions

        Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units may, if the Committee so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to the underlying shares or dividend equivalents while they are so held in a manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents that the Committee

8



deems appropriate. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

9.4   Waiver of Restrictions

        Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the repurchase or forfeiture period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that the Committee may not adjust performance goals for any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit intended to be exempt under Section 162(m) of the Code for the year in which the Restricted Stock or Stock Unit is settled in such a manner as would increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable to a Participant.

SECTION 10. PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS

10.1 Grant of Performance Shares

        The Committee may grant Awards of performance shares ("Performance Shares") and designate the Participants to whom Performance Shares are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such Award. Each Award of Performance Shares shall entitle the Participant to a payment in the form of shares of Common Stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under an Award of Performance Shares may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any Covered Employee. The Committee, in its discretion, may make a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock otherwise required to be issued to a Participant pursuant to an Award of Performance Shares.

10.2 Grant of Performance Units

        The Committee may grant Awards of performance units ("Performance Units") and designate the Participants to whom Performance Units are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Units and the terms and conditions of each such Award. Performance Units shall entitle the Participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under an Award of Performance Units may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Unit Awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any Covered Employee, and the maximum amount earned by such Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $1,000,000. The Committee, in its discretion, may substitute actual shares of Common Stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a Participant pursuant to a Performance Unit.

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE GOALS

11.1 Awards Subject to Performance Goals

        Awards of Restricted Stock, Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and other Awards made pursuant to the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code: return on average common shareholders' equity; return on average equity; total shareholder return; stock price

9



appreciation; efficiency ratio (other expense as a percentage of other income plus net interest income); net operating expense (other income less other expense); earnings per diluted share of Common Stock; per share earnings before transaction-related expense; per share earnings after deducting transaction-related expense; return on average assets; ratio of nonperforming to performing assets; return on an investment in an affiliate; net interest income; net interest margin; ratio of common equity to total assets; regulatory compliance metrics; and customer service metrics (the "Performance Criteria"). Performance Criteria may be stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison companies or indices to be achieved during a period of time.

11.2 Use and Calculation of Performance Criteria

        Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude Extraordinary Items. Performance Criteria shall be established by the Committee and shall be derived from the Company's audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management's Discussion and Analysis section of the Company's annual report. The Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the satisfaction of any Performance Criteria.

SECTION 12. OTHER STOCK OR CASH-BASED AWARDS

        In addition to the Awards described in Sections 7 through 10, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of the Company and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.

SECTION 13. WITHHOLDING

        The Company may require the Participant to pay to the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company is required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

        The Committee may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her tax withholding obligations by (a) paying cash to the Company, (b) having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant, (c) having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to the Participant (or become vested in the case of Restricted Stock), having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations, or (d) surrendering a number of shares of Common Stock the Participant already owns, having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations. The value of any shares so withheld may not exceed the employer's minimum required tax withholding rate, and the value of any shares so tendered may not exceed such rate to the extent the Participant has owned the tendered shares for less than six months, if such limitations are required to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes under applicable accounting rules. The value of any shares withheld or surrendered may not exceed the employer's minimum tax withholding obligation and, to the extent such shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company as compensation, the shares must have been held for the minimum period required by applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes.

SECTION 14. ASSIGNABILITY

        No Award or interest in an Award may be sold, assigned, pledged (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or transferred by the

10



Participant or made subject to attachment or similar proceedings otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent a Participant designates one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who may exercise the Award or receive payment under the Award after the Participant's death. During a Participant's lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to assign or transfer an Award; provided, however, that any Award so assigned or transferred shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Award.

SECTION 15. ADJUSTMENTS

15.1 Adjustment of Shares

        In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company's corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan; (ii) the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2; (iii) the maximum number and kind of securities that may be issued to an individual in any one calendar year as set forth in Section 4.3; (iv) the maximum number and kind of securities that may be made subject to the different types of Awards available under the Plan; and (v) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate price to be paid therefor.

        The determination by the Committee as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a Company Transaction shall not be governed by this Section 15.1 but shall be governed by Sections 15.2 and 15.3, respectively.

15.2 Dissolution or Liquidation

        To the extent not previously exercised or settled, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, Options and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. To the extent a forfeiture provision or repurchase right applicable to an Award has not been waived by the Committee, the Award shall be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation.

15.3 Company Transaction

         15.3.1 Options

        In the event of a Company Transaction, except as otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing an Option or in any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or a Related

11



Company, each outstanding Option shall terminate, provided that, immediately prior to any such Company Transaction, the vesting of all Options held by a Participant shall accelerate and the Participant shall have the right to exercise his or her Options in whole or in part whether or not the vesting requirements set forth in the instrument evidencing the Option have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may instead provide that a Participant's outstanding Options shall terminate upon consummation of such Company Transaction and that each such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (a) the Acquisition Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable) exceeds (b) the aggregate exercise price for such Options. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may instead provide that Options shall be assumed or that an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by a Successor Company, in which case the amount and price of such assumed or substituted options shall be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Options in the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of stock of the Successor Company the holders of shares of Common Stock receive in such Company Transaction, and the vesting schedule set forth in the instrument evidencing the Option shall continue to apply to the assumed or substituted options.

         15.3.2 Restricted Stock

        In the event of a Company Transaction, except as otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award and unless otherwise provided in any written agreement between a Participant and the Company or a Related Company, the vesting of shares subject to Restricted Stock that is based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company shall accelerate, and the forfeiture provisions to which such shares are subject shall lapse, if and to the same extent that the vesting of outstanding Options accelerates in connection with the Company Transaction. If unvested Options are to be assumed or substituted by a Successor Company without acceleration upon the occurrence of a Company Transaction, the terms and conditions of the foregoing Awards shall continue with respect to shares of the Successor Company that may be issued in exchange or upon settlement of such Awards, and the number of shares subject to such assumed or substituted restricted stock awards shall be adjusted in the same manner as provided in Section 15.3.1 for Options.

15.4 Further Adjustment of Awards

        Subject to Sections 15.2 and 15.3, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control of the Company, as defined by the Committee, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable with respect to Awards. Such authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing, amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for exercise, lifting restrictions and other modifications, and the Committee may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants or only to individual Participants. The Committee may take such action before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change in control that is the reason for such action.

15.5 Limitations

        The grant of Awards shall in no way affect the Company's right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

12



15.6 No Fractional Shares

        In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any Award, each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.

SECTION 16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

16.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

        The Board or the Human Resources Committee of the Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan.

16.2 Term of the Plan

        Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall terminate ten years from the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten years after the earlier of (a) the adoption of the Plan by the Board and (b) the Effective Date.

        After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan's terms and conditions.

16.3 Consent of Participant

        The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan or a portion thereof or the amendment of an outstanding Award shall not, without the Participant's consent, materially adversely affect any rights under any Award theretofore granted to the Participant under the Plan. Any change or adjustment to an outstanding Incentive Stock Option shall not, without the consent of the Participant, be made in a manner so as to constitute a "modification" that would cause such Incentive Stock Option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Sections 15.1 through 15.3 shall not be subject to these restrictions.

SECTION 17. GENERAL

17.1 No Individual Rights

        No individual or Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and the Company has no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

        Furthermore, nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate a Participant's employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

17.2 Issuance of Shares

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

13



        The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made. The Company may issue certificates for shares with such legends and subject to such restrictions on transfer and stop-transfer instructions as counsel for the Company deems necessary or desirable for compliance by the Company with federal, state and foreign securities laws. The Company may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with applicable securities laws.

        To the extent the Plan or any instrument evidencing an Award provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

17.3 Indemnification

        Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a Committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 3 shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute.

        The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's articles of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

17.4 No Rights as a Shareholder

        Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment agreement, no Option or Award denominated in units shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a shareholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award.

17.5 Compliance With Laws and Regulations

        Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan to Participants who are officers or directors subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Participants. Additionally, in interpreting and applying the provisions of the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

14



17.6 Participants in Other Countries

        The Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws of other countries in which the Company or any Related Company may operate to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants employed in such countries, to comply with applicable foreign laws and to meet the objectives of the Plan.

17.7 No Trust or Fund

        The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan. Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

17.8 Successors

        All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company.

17.9 Severability

        If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Committee's determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

17.10 Choice of Law

        The Plan, all Awards granted thereunder and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

SECTION 18. EFFECTIVE DATE

        The Plan shall become effective (the "Effective Date") immediately following shareholder approval of the Plan.

         Adopted by the Board on February 18, 2003, and approved by the Company's shareholders on April 15, 2003.

15




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.3.1


RESOLUTION OF THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS , Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan) for the benefit of its eligible employees; and

WHEREAS , Section 16.1 of the Plan authorizes the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") amend the Plan to the extent permissible under applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange rules; and

WHEREAS , the Company agreed to amend the Plan as set forth in the Attachment in order to obtain Institutional Shareholder Services' recommendation that the Plan be approved;

NOW THEREFORE IT IS RESOLVED , that effective July 15, 2003, the Plan is amended as set forth in Attachment A.


ATTACHMENT A


AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
(AMENDMENT NO. 1)

Section 4.3(b) is replaced in its entirety by the following:

        (b)   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1 and without regard to Options or Stock Appreciations Rights: (i) the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards shall not exceed 13,000,000, and (ii) the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards that either contain no restrictions or are subject to restrictions based solely on continuous employment or services for less than three years (except where Termination of Service occurs by reason of death, Retirement, or Disability) shall not exceed 4,350,000.





QuickLinks

RESOLUTION OF THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (AMENDMENT NO. 1)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.6


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


SECTION 1. PURPOSE

        The purposes of the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") are (a) to assist employees of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the "Company"), and its designated subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan that is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code of 1986, as amended, and (b) to encourage employees to remain in the employ of the Company and its subsidiaries.


SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

        For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

         "Additional Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.

         "Affiliate" means any corporation, a majority of the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly owned by the Company.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Cash Payment" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

         "Committee" means the Company's Directors Compensation and Stock Option Committee or any other Board committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. Each member of the Committee will remain a member for the duration of the Plan, unless such member resigns or is removed earlier by majority vote of the Board.

         "Company" means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

         "Designated Subsidiary" means any domestic Subsidiary Corporation or any other Subsidiary Corporation designated as such by the Board or the Committee.

         "Eligible Compensation" means the gross amount of wages, salaries and fees for personal services paid or accrued by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary to an Eligible Employee during any period under consideration pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Such compensation shall include commissions, production incentive compensation, bonuses and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an Eligible Employee and to the extent the amounts are includable in gross income. Such compensation shall exclude severance pay, moving expenses, long-term disability insurance payments, compensatory time, other fringe benefits or amounts attributable to any employee benefit plan (including without limitation (i) distributions from a deferred compensation plan, except amounts received from an unfunded, nonqualified plan in the year such amounts are includable in the Eligible Employee's gross income and (ii) amounts contributed by the Company for the Eligible Employee to any deferred compensation program or toward the purchase of a 403(b) annuity contract for the Eligible Employee, regardless of whether such contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Eligible Employee), amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option, and amounts not otherwise described in this sentence that receive special tax benefits.



         "Eligible Employee" means any employee (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who is in the employ of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary on one or more Offering Dates and who meets the following criteria:

        (a)   the employee does not, immediately after the Option is granted, own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation;

        (b)   the employee's customary employment is for 20 hours or more per week or any lesser number of hours established by the Plan Administrator for a future Offering;

        (c)   if specified by the Plan Administrator for any future Offerings, the employee customarily works a minimum of five months per year or any lesser period of time established by the Plan Administrator; and

        (d)   except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2, the employee has been employed for a minimum of one month prior to the first day of an Offering or any lesser or greater minimum employment period not to exceed two years that is established by the Plan Administrator for a future Offering. If a former Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee again, all prior periods as an Eligible Employee shall be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the preceding sentence has been met. An employee of a company acquired by the Company may count his or her time of employment with that company for purposes of satisfying the minimum employment period required by this subparagraph (d).

        If the Company permits any employee of a Designated Subsidiary to participate in the Plan, then all employees of that Designated Subsidiary who meet the requirements of this paragraph shall also be considered Eligible Employees.

        As a condition of participation, an Eligible Employee must agree in writing to provide all such forms and agreements as may be required by the Company or the Plan Administrator for the proper administration of the Plan and agree to the transfer of any amounts held under the Plan to any successor Plan Administrator selected by the Committee.

         "Enrollment Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "ESPP Broker" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

         "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock on any given date shall be:

        (a)   The closing price of the Stock as traded on the New York Stock Exchange as published in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal , on the specified date or, if no such price is available for the specified date, the price on the last preceding day for which such price exists.

        (b)   If the Stock is not traded as described in subparagraph (a), the value determined in good faith by the Committee or the Board.

         "Offering" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

         "Offering Date" means the first day of an Offering.

         "Option" means an option granted under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to purchase shares of Stock.

         "Parent Corporation" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if, at the time of the granting of the Option, each of the corporations, other than the Company, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2



         "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in an Offering in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7 and who has not withdrawn from the Plan or whose participation in the Plan is not otherwise terminated.

         "Payroll Deductions" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

         "Plan" means the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

         "Plan Administrator" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

         "Plan Year" means the 12-month period beginning each January 1, except that the first Plan Year shall begin July 1, 2002 and end December 31, 2002.

         "Purchase Date" means the last day of each Purchase Period.

         "Purchase Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

         "Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, no par value.

         "Subscription" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "Subsidiary Corporation" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if, at the time of the granting of the Option, each of the corporations, other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.


SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1    Plan Administrator

        The Plan shall be administered by the Board and/or the Committee or, if and to the extent the Board or the Committee designates an executive officer of the Company to administer the Plan, by such executive officer (each, the "Plan Administrator"). Any decisions made by the Plan Administrator shall be applicable equally to all Eligible Employees.

3.2    Administration and Interpretation by the Plan Administrator

        Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine all matters relating to Options granted under the Plan, including all terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of Options; provided, however, that all Participants granted Options pursuant to the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Code Section 423. The Plan Administrator shall also have exclusive authority to interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt, and change, rules and regulations of general application for the Plan's administration. The Plan Administrator's interpretation of the Plan and its rules and regulations, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan, unless reserved to the Board or the Committee, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties involved or affected. The Plan Administrator may delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company's other officers or employees as the Plan Administrator so determines.

3




SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

        Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 19.1, a maximum of 4,863,590 shares shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or from shares subsequently acquired by the Company.


SECTION 5. OFFERING DATES

5.1    Offerings

        (a)   Except as otherwise set forth below, the Plan shall be implemented by a series of offerings that each last six months (each, an "Offering"), such Offerings to commence on January 1 and July 1 of each year and to end on the next June 30 and December 31, respectively. The first Offering shall begin on July 1, 2002 and shall end on December 31, 2002.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may establish (i) a different term for the initial Offering or for one or more future Offerings and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for any such Offerings; provided, however, that an Offering may not exceed 27 months.

        (c)   In the event the first or the last day of an Offering is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Offering shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Offering shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

5.2    Purchase Periods

        (a)   Each Offering shall consist of one or more consecutive purchase periods (each, a "Purchase Period"). The last day of each Purchase Period shall be the Purchase Date for such Purchase Period. Except as otherwise set forth below, a Purchase Period shall commence on January 1 and July 1 of each year and shall end on the next June 30 and December 31, respectively. The first Purchase Period shall begin on July 1, 2002 and shall end on December 31, 2002.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may establish (i) a different term for the initial Purchase Period or for one or more future Purchase Periods and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for any such Purchase Periods.

        (c)   In the event the first or last day of a Purchase Period is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.


SECTION 6. PURCHASE PRICE

        (a)   The purchase price (the "Purchase Price") at which Stock may be acquired in an Offering pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option shall be 85% of the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Offering Date of such Offering and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on a Purchase Date during the Offering.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan (other than an annual increase pursuant to Section 4) is approved and all or a portion of such additional shares are to be issued during one or more Offerings that are underway at the time of shareholder approval of such increase (the "Additional Shares"), then, if as of the date of such shareholder approval, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is higher than the Fair Market Value on the Offering Date for any such Offering, the Purchase Price for the Additional Shares shall be 85% of the lesser of (i) the Stock's Fair Market Value on the date of such shareholder approval and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Purchase Date.

4




SECTION 7. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

7.1    Initial Participation

        An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the first Offering Date after satisfying the eligibility requirements and delivering to the Plan Administrator during the enrollment period established by the Plan Administrator (the "Enrollment Period") a subscription (the "Subscription"):

        (a)   indicating the Eligible Employee's election to participate in the Plan;

        (b)   authorizing Cash Payments or Payroll Deductions and stating the amount to be deducted regularly from the Participant's Eligible Compensation; and

        (c)   authorizing the purchase of Stock for the Participant in each Purchase Period.

        An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a Subscription as provided above during the Enrollment Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering or for any subsequent Offering unless such Eligible Employee subsequently enrolls in the Plan by filing a Subscription with the Company during the Enrollment Period for such subsequent Offering. For the first Offering, each participant in the Prior Plan as of June 30, 2002 will be deemed to have delivered a Subscription to the Plan Administrator that authorizes that method of payment (cash payments or payroll deductions) elected by such participant under the Prior Plan and, in the case of payroll deductions, the same percentage of compensation elected under the Prior Plan shall apply to participation in the Plan, provided such participant is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date and has not affirmatively elected to withdraw from the Plan or change the type or amount of contributions under the Plan by delivering a new Subscription to the Company. The Company may, from time to time, change the Enrollment Period for a future Offering as deemed advisable by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan.

        Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2, an employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after an Offering has commenced shall not be eligible to participate in such Offering but may participate in any subsequent Offering, provided that such employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the commencement of any such subsequent Offering. Eligible Employees may not participate in more than one Offering at a time.

7.2    Alternative Initial Participation

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may provide that any employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary who first qualifies as an Eligible Employee after an Offering Date shall, on a date or dates specified in the Offering that coincide with the day on which such person first meets such requirements or that occur on a specified date thereafter, receive an Option under that Offering which Option shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Until otherwise provided by the Board or the Committee for a future Offering, any employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary who has been employed for a minimum of one month prior to the first day of the second calendar quarter during an Offering and otherwise qualifies as an Eligible Employee as of such date shall receive an Option under that Offering, provided such employee delivers a Subscription in accordance with Section 7.1.

        Any Option granted pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall have the same characteristics as any Options originally granted under the Offering, except that

        (a)   the date on which such Option is granted shall be the "Offering Date" of such Option for all purposes, including determining the Purchase Price of such Option; provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date on which such Option is granted is less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the first day of the Offering, then, solely for the purpose of determining the

5



Purchase Price of such Option, the first day of the Offering shall be the "Offering Date" for such Option;

        (b)   the Purchase Period(s) for such Option shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the remaining Purchase Date(s) for such Offering; and

        (c)   the Board or the Committee may provide that if such person first meets such requirements within a specified period of time before the end of a Purchase Period for such Offering, he or she will not receive an Option for that Purchase Period.

7.3    Continued Participation

        A Participant who has elected to participate in an Offering shall automatically participate in the next Offering until such time as such Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2 or terminates employment as provided in Section 12.


SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES

8.1    Number of Shares Purchased

        (a)   No Participant shall be entitled to purchase Stock under the Plan (or any other employee stock purchase plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 423 sponsored by the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation) with a Fair Market Value exceeding $25,000 (such value determined as of the Offering Date for each Offering or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) in any calendar year in which a Participant participates in the Plan (or any other employee stock purchase plan described in this Section 8.1).

        (b)   A Participant may not purchase more than 2,000 shares of Stock during any Purchase Period or any Plan Year, except that a Participant may not purchase more than 1,000 shares of Stock under the Plan during the first Plan Year beginning July 1, 2002 and ending December 31, 2002.

        (c)   For a future Offering, the Board or the Committee may specify a different maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by any Participant during a Purchase Period or other specified period, as well as specifying a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants during a specified period.

8.2    Pro Rata Allocation

        In the event the number of shares of Stock that might be purchased by all Participants exceeds the number of shares of Stock available in the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares of Stock in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as the Plan Administrator shall determine to be equitable. Fractional shares may be issued under the Plan unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise for a future Offering.


SECTION 9. PURCHASE OF STOCK

9.1    General Rules

        A Participant may pay for Stock that is acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option by (a) making a cash payment to his or her employer that shall be at least 1% but may not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation (a "Cash Payment") and/or (b) directing his or her employer to withhold a fixed dollar amount or percentage of his or her Eligible Compensation that shall be at least 1% but shall not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation for any Plan Year (a "Payroll Deduction"); provided, however, that if a Participant elects to make a combination of Cash

6



Payments and Payroll Deductions, such Participant's aggregated contributions may not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation; and provided further that the Board or the Committee may specify different percentage limitations for a future Offering or Plan Year. Except as set forth in this Section 9, the amount of compensation to be withheld from a Participant's Eligible Compensation during each pay period shall be determined by the Participant's Subscription.

9.2    Method of Payment

        (a)   A Participant may make Cash Payments to the Participant's employer in such manner as is provided by the Committee. Any Cash Payment elected to be made by a Participant shall be made by a deadline specified by the Committee that shall not be later than the close of the Plan Year.

        (b)   Payroll Deductions shall commence on the first payday following an Offering Date and shall continue through the last payday of the Offering unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in the Plan.

9.3    Memorandum Accounts

        Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant for memorandum purposes only. All Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions from a Participant's Eligible Compensation shall be credited to such account but shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

9.4    No Interest

        No interest shall be paid on Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions received or held by the Company.

9.5    Acquisition of Stock

        On each Purchase Date of an Offering, each Participant shall automatically acquire, pursuant to the exercise of the Participant's Option, the number of shares of Stock arrived at by dividing the total amount of the Participant's accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions for the Purchase Period by the Purchase Price, including fractional shares, unless the Plan Administrator has determined for a future Offering that fractional shares may not be issued under the Plan; provided that the number of shares of Stock purchased by the Participant shall not exceed the limitation on the number of shares for which Options have been granted to the Participant pursuant to Section 8.1.

9.6    Refund of Excess Amounts

        If the purchase of fractional shares is not permitted for any future Offering, any cash balance remaining in the Participant's account at the termination of a Purchase Period that is not sufficient to purchase a whole share of Stock shall be applied to the purchase of Stock in the next Purchase Period, provided the Participant participates in the next Purchase Period and the purchase complies with Section 8.1. All other amounts remaining in a Participant's account after a Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practical after the Purchase Date without the payment of any interest.

9.7    Withholding Obligations

        At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Stock is disposed of, a Participant shall make adequate provision for local, state, federal and foreign withholding obligations of the Company, if any, that arise upon exercise of the Option or upon disposition of the

7



Stock. The Company may withhold from the Participant's compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

9.8    Termination of Participation

        No Stock shall be purchased on behalf of a Participant on a Purchase Date if his or her participation in a current Offering or the Plan has terminated on or before such Purchase Date or if the Participant has otherwise terminated employment prior to a Purchase Date.

9.9    Procedural Matters

        The Company may, from time to time, establish (a) limitations on the frequency and/or number of any permitted changes in the amount withheld during an Offering, as set forth in Section 11.1, (b) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, (c) payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding elections, and (d) such other limitations or procedures as deemed advisable by the Company in the Company's sole discretion that are consistent with the Plan and in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 423.

9.10    Leaves of Absence

        During leaves of absence approved by the Company and meeting the requirements of the applicable treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, a Participant may elect to continue participation in the Plan by delivering cash payments to the Company on the Participant's normal paydays equal to the amount of his or her Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions under the Plan had the Participant not taken a leave of absence. Currently, the treasury regulations provide that a Participant may continue participation in the Plan only during the first 90 days of a leave of absence unless the Participant's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract.


SECTION 10. STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN

10.1    Restrictions on Transfer of Stock

        (a)   Shares of Stock purchased under the Plan may be registered in the name of a nominee or held in such other manner as the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate. Each Participant will be the beneficial owner of the Stock purchased under the Plan and will have all rights of beneficial ownership in such Stock, except that the Participant may not transfer or otherwise dispose of such Stock for any period of time (a "Holding Period") following the Purchase Date for such Stock specified for any future Offering by the Board or the Committee.

        (b)   The Company or the ESPP Broker will retain custody of the Stock purchased under the Plan for a period of time ending no earlier than the expiration of any Holding Period. A book entry stock account will be established in each Participant's name (a "Stock Account").

        (c)   Cash dividends paid on Stock in a Participant's Stock Account due to any Holding Period or because the Participant has not made a request for delivery shall be used by the custodian of such Stock to purchase additional shares of Stock, which shall be credited to the Participant's Stock Account. Dividends paid in the form of shares of Stock with respect to Stock in a Participant's Stock Account shall be credited to such Stock Account. Stock credited to a Participant's Stock Account due to cash or stock dividends with respect to Stock that is subject to any Holding Period shall be restricted for the same period as the Stock with respect to which the dividend was paid.

        (d)   Upon termination of the Participant's employment because of retirement, disability or death, any Holding Period will be deemed to be satisfied as of the date of such termination.

8



10.2    ESPP Broker

        If the Plan Administrator designates or approves a stock brokerage or other financial services firm (the "ESPP Broker") to hold shares purchased under the Plan for the accounts of Participants, the following procedures shall apply. Promptly following each Purchase Date, the number of shares of Stock purchased by each Participant shall be deposited into an account established in the Participant's name with the ESPP Broker. A Participant shall be free to undertake a disposition of the shares of Stock in his or her account at any time after expiration of a Holding Period set forth in Section 10.1(a), but, in the absence of such a disposition, the shares of Stock must remain in the Participant's account at the ESPP Broker until the holding period set forth in Code Section 423 has been satisfied. With respect to shares of Stock for which the holding periods set forth above have been satisfied, the Participant may move those shares of Stock to another brokerage account of the Participant's choosing or request that a stock certificate be issued and delivered to him or her. Dividends paid in the form of shares of Stock with respect to Stock in a Participant's account shall be credited to such account. A Participant who is not subject to payment of U.S. income taxes may move his or her shares of Stock to another brokerage account of his or her choosing or request that a stock certificate be delivered to him or her at any time, without regard to the Code Section 423 holding period.

10.3    Notice of Disposition

        By entering the Plan, each Participant agrees to promptly give the Company notice of any Stock disposed of within the later of one year from the Purchase Date and two years from the Offering Date for such Stock, showing the number of such shares disposed of and the Purchase Date and Offering Date for such Stock. This notice shall not be required if and so long as the Company has a designated ESPP Broker.


SECTION 11. CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING AMOUNTS AND VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL

11.1    Changes in Withholding Amounts

        (a)   Unless the Plan Administrator establishes otherwise for a future Offering, during a Purchase Period, a Participant may elect to reduce Payroll Deductions to 0% by completing and filing with the Company an amended Subscription authorizing cessation of Payroll Deductions. The change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning of the next payroll period following the date of filing the amended Subscription, provided the amended Subscription is filed prior to any date required by the Plan Administrator. If not filed prior to such date, the change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning of the next succeeding payroll period. All Payroll Deductions accrued by a Participant as of such effective date shall continue to be applied toward the purchase of Stock on the Purchase Date, unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2. An amended Subscription shall remain in effect until the Participant changes such Subscription in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

        (b)   Unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise for a future Offering, a Participant may elect to increase or decrease the amount to be withheld from his or her compensation for future Purchase Periods within an Offering by filing with the Plan Administrator an amended Subscription; provided, however, that notice of such election must be delivered to the Plan Administrator at least ten days prior to such Purchase Period in such form and in accordance with such terms as the Plan Administrator may establish for an Offering. An amended Subscription shall remain in effect until the Participant changes such Subscription in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

        (c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 423 and Section 8.1, a Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall be decreased to 0% during any Purchase Period if the aggregate of all the Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments accumulated with respect to one or more Purchase Periods ending within the same calendar year

9



exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of the Stock determined as of the first day of an Offering ($21,250 to the extent the Purchase Price may be 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering). Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall re-commence at the rate provided in such Participant's Subscription at the beginning of the first Purchase Period that is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless the Participant terminates participation in the Plan as provided in Section 11.2 or indicates otherwise in an amended Subscription. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall be decreased to 0% at such time that the aggregate of all Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments accumulated with respect to an Offering exceeds the amount necessary to purchase (i) 2,000 shares of Stock in any Purchase Period or Plan Year (or such other number as the Board or Committee shall specify for a future Offering). Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall re-commence at the rate provided in such Participant's Subscription at the beginning of the next Purchase Period, provided the Participant continues to participate in the Plan and such participation complies with Section 8.1.

11.2    Withdrawal From the Plan

        A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by completing and delivering to the Plan Administrator a written notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. Such notice must be delivered prior to the end of the Purchase Period for which such withdrawal is to be effective, or by any other date specified by the Plan Administrator for a future Offering.

11.3    Notice of Withdrawal; Effect of Withdrawal on Prior Purchase Periods; Re-enrollment in the Plan

        (a)   The Company may, from time to time, impose a requirement that any notice of withdrawal be on file with the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant's withdrawal.

        (b)   If a Participant withdraws from the Plan after the Purchase Date for a Purchase Period, the withdrawal shall not affect Stock acquired by the Participant in any earlier Purchase Periods.

        (c)   In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from the Plan, the Participant may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the definition of Eligible Employee and re-enrolling in the Plan in accordance with Section 7.

11.4    Return of Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions

        Upon withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2, the withdrawing Participant's accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions that have not been applied to the purchase of Stock shall be returned as soon as practical after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, to the Participant, and the Participant's interest in the Plan shall terminate. Such accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.


SECTION 12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

        (a)   Termination of a Participant's employment with the Company for any reason, including retirement, death or the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, shall immediately terminate the Participant's participation in the Plan. The Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions credited to the Participant's account since the last Purchase Date shall, as soon as practical, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of a Participant's death, to the Participant's legal representative or designated beneficiary as provided in Section 13.2, and all the Participant's rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned to a Participant pursuant to this Section 12.

10


        (b)   The former Participant's account may be continued with the Plan Administrator at the Participant's expense, or the account may be closed after which a stock certificate for the full number of shares in the account will be delivered to the former Participant with a check for any fractional shares and cash in the account.


SECTION 13. RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT

13.1    Transferability

        An Option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable, and such Option shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant. The Company will not recognize, and shall be under no duty to recognize, any assignment or purported assignment by a Participant of the Participant's interest in the Plan, of his or her Option or of any rights under his or her Option. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any rights under the Plan shall be null and void, and shall automatically terminate all rights of a Participant under the Plan.

13.2    Beneficiary Designation

        A Participant may designate on a Company-approved form a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant's account under the Plan in the event that the Participant dies after the Purchase Date for an Offering but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may designate on a Company-approved form a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant's account under the Plan in the event that the Participant dies before the Purchase Date for an Offering. Such designation may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to Employee Benefits or other individual performing similar functions.


SECTION 14. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER UNTIL SHARES ISSUED

        With respect to shares of Stock subject to an Option, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company, and he or she shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder. A Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company when, but not until, a certificate or its equivalent has been issued to the Participant for the shares following exercise of the Participant's Option.


SECTION 15. LIMITATIONS ON SALE OF STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN

        The Plan is intended to provide Stock for investment and not for resale. The Company does not, however, intend to restrict or influence any Participant in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10, therefore, a Participant may sell Stock purchased under the Plan at any time he or she chooses subject to compliance with Company policies and any applicable federal and state securities laws. A Participant assumes the risk of any market fluctuations in the price of the Stock.


SECTION 16. AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

        (a)   The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required for compliance with Code Section 423 or any applicable law or regulation, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that will (i) increase the total number of shares as to which Options may be granted under the Plan, (ii) modify the class of employees eligible to receive Options, or (iii) otherwise require shareholder approval under any applicable law or regulation; and provided, further, that, except as provided in this Section 16, no amendment to the Plan shall make any change in any Option previously granted that adversely affects the rights of any Participant.

11


        (b)   The Plan shall continue in effect for ten years after the date of its adoption by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may at any time and for any reason suspend or terminate the Plan. During any period of suspension or upon termination of the Plan, no Options shall be granted.

        (c)   Except as provided in Section 19, no such termination of the Plan may affect Options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering may be terminated by the Board or the Committee on a Purchase Date or by the Board's or the Committee's setting a new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering and a Purchase Period then in progress if the Board or the Committee determines that termination of the Plan and/or the Offering is in the best interests of the Company and the shareholders or if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering would cause the Company to incur adverse accounting charges as a result of a change after the effective date of the Plan in the generally accepted accounting rules applicable to the Plan.


SECTION 17. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE

        Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation or to affect the right of the Company or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time with or without cause.


SECTION 18. EFFECT UPON OTHER PLANS

        The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation to (a) establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for employees of the Company, a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation or (b) grant or assume options otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.


SECTION 19. ADJUSTMENTS

19.1    Adjustment to Shares

        The maximum number and kind of shares of Stock with respect to which Options hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Options shall be adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:

        (a)   the Company effects one or more stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, subdivisions, consolidations or other similar events;

        (b)   the Company or an Affiliate engages in a transaction to which Code Section 424(a) applies; or

        (c)   there occurs any other event that in the judgment of the Board or the Committee necessitates such action;

provided, however, that if an event described in subparagraph (a) or (b) above occurs, the Board or the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits on purchases specified in Section 8.1(b) that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.

12



19.2    Dissolution or Liquidation of the Company

        In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Board or the Committee. The new Purchase Date shall be a specified date before the date of the Company's proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Board shall notify each Participant in writing prior to the new Purchase Date that the Purchase Date for the Participant's Option has been changed to the new Purchase Date and that the Participant's Option shall be exercised automatically on the new Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 11.

19.3    Company Transaction

        Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock (a "Company Transaction"), each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor company or parent thereof (the "Successor Company"). In the event that the Successor Company refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, any Offering then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date. The new Purchase Date shall be a specified date before the date of the Company Transaction. The Plan Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, prior to the new Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for the Participant's Option has been changed to the new Purchase Date and that the Participant's Option shall be exercised automatically on the new Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 11.

19.4    Limitations

        The grant of Options shall in no way affect the Company's right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.


SECTION 20. REGISTRATION; CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

        The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under state securities laws, any shares of Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made. The Company may issue certificates for shares with such legends and subject to such restrictions on transfer and stop-transfer instructions as counsel for the Company deems necessary or desirable for compliance by the Company with federal and state securities laws.

        To the extent that the Plan or any instrument evidencing shares of Stock provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of such shares, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

13




SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE

        The Plan shall become effective on the date it is approved by the Company's shareholders, so long as such approval is obtained within 12 months of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

14




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
SECTION 5. OFFERING DATES
SECTION 6. PURCHASE PRICE
SECTION 7. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN
SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES
SECTION 9. PURCHASE OF STOCK
SECTION 10. STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN
SECTION 11. CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING AMOUNTS AND VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL
SECTION 12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
SECTION 13. RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT
SECTION 14. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER UNTIL SHARES ISSUED
SECTION 15. LIMITATIONS ON SALE OF STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN
SECTION 16. AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
SECTION 17. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE
SECTION 18. EFFECT UPON OTHER PLANS
SECTION 19. ADJUSTMENTS
SECTION 20. REGISTRATION; CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.6.1


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF THE
DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

        We the undersigned, being all the members of the Washington Mutual, Inc. Human Resources Committee, by signing below in lieu of holding a meeting, approve the amendment of the Plan as set forth in Attachment A:

WHEREAS , Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") has adopted the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS , the Human Resources Committee (the "Committee") has the authority to amend the Plan under Section 16 except to the extent shareholder approval is required under the Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

WHEREAS , the Committee deems it advisable to amend the Plan to prevent the Company from incurring adverse accounting charges;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED, that this Committee hereby amends the Plan as set forth in the Attachment A; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company are hereby authorized and directed to take any and all actions necessary to carry out the intentions of this resolution.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

/s/   JAMES H. STEVER       
James H. Stever (Chair)
  /s/   DOUGLAS P. BEIGHLE       
Douglas P. Beighle

/s/  
ELIZABETH A. SANDERS       
Elizabeth A. Sanders

 

/s/  
WILLIS B. WOOD JR.       
Willis B. Wood, Jr.

/s/  
STEPHEN E. FRANK       
Stephen E. Frank

 

 

ATTACHMENT A


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED

2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.
New Section 6(c) is hereby added as follows:
2.
The text of Section 9.1 is hereby reconstituted as subparagraph (a) under Section 9.1, and the following new subparagraph 9.1(b) is added:
3.
Section 9.2(a) is hereby amended by replacing the first sentence with the following:

4.
Section 9.8 is hereby amended by striking the words "a current Offering or" from that Section.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF THE DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6.2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

RESOLUTION OF THE
DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

WHEREAS , Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") has adopted the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS , the Human Resources Committee (the "Committee") has the authority to amend the Plan under Section 16 except to the extent shareholder approval is required under the Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

WHEREAS , the Committee deems it advisable to amend the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED, that this Committee hereby amends the Plan as set forth in the Attachment A; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company are hereby authorized and directed to take any and all actions necessary to carry out the intentions of this resolution.


ATTACHMENT A


AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED

2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.
Section 6(c) is hereby replaced in its entirety by the following:



QuickLinks

RESOLUTION OF THE DIRECTORS' HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.7.8

2003 PLAN AMENDMENTS
RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN AND CASH
BALANCE PENSION PLAN

AMENDMENT No. 6 TO THE RETIREMENT SAVING AND INVESTMENT PLAN

        I.      In-Kind Distributions .

        II.     Participant Fees .

        III.   Hardship Withdrawals .


2



        IV.        Name Change .

        Effective January 1, 2004, the official Plan name shall be the "WaMu Savings Plan." Accordingly, each reference in the Plan document to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan or the Retirement Savings and Investment Plan shall thereafter refer to the "WaMu Savings Plan."

        V.     In Service Distribution of Rollover Contributions .

        Effective October 1, 2003, the following new Section 8.1(e) is hereby added:

        VI.     No In-Kind Rollover Contributions.

        Effective November, 1, 2003, new Section 5.4(c) is added as follows:

APPENDIX D

        1.      Definitions.

        Capitalized terms in this Appendix D are defined in Article 2 of the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan , with the following exceptions:

        2.      Background.

        3.      Applicability.

3


        4.      Participation .

        5.      Accrued Benefit.

        6.      Vesting of Pioneer ESOP Accrued Benefit.

        7.      Protection of Benefits.

        8.      Applicability of Plan Provisions.

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN .

        Pursuant to the authority delegated to him by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors at its June 13, 2003 meeting, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. hereby

4


executes this instrument to be effective as of October 1, 2003 unless otherwise indicated in this instrument.

 
   
   
    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DARYL D. DAVID       

 

 

Its:

 

Executive Vice President of Human Resources

5




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.7.9

ATTACHMENT A

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS AMENDMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 9

APPENDIX F

ARTICLE I
GENERAL RULES

1.1
Effective Date.     Unless an earlier effective date is specified in Section 6.1 of this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

1.2
Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect.     If the effective date of this Amendment is earlier than calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Amendment will be determined as follows. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Amendment equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined under this Amendment, then no additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Amendment is less than the amount determined under this Amendment, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under this Amendment.

1.3
Precedence.     The requirements of this Amendment will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

1.4
Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated.     All distributions required under this Amendment will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

1.5
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections.     Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Amendment, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.


ARTICLE II
TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION

2.1
Required Beginning Date.     The Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's required beginning date.

2.2
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.     If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(a)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article VI of this Amendment, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which

2.3
Forms of Distribution.     Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Articles III and IV of this Amendment. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.


ARTICLE III
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT'S LIFETIME

3.1
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year.     During the Participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

(a)
the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

(b)
if the Participant's sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant's spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

3.2
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant's Death.     Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Article 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant's date of death.


ARTICLE IV
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH

4.1
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

(a)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.     If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

(1)
The Participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death using the surviving spouse's age as of the spouse's birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(3)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(b)
No Designated Beneficiary.     If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant's death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

4.2
Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

(a)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.     Except as provided in Article VI of this Amendment, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 4.1 of this Amendment.

(b)
No Designated Beneficiary.     If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

(c)
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin.     If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a) of this Amendment, this Section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.


ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS

5.1
Designated beneficiary.     The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

5.2
Distribution calendar year.     A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2 of this Amendment. The required minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

5.3
Life expectancy.     Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

5.4
Participant's account balance.     The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

5.5
Required beginning date.     The date specified in the Plan when distributions under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code are required to begin.


ARTICLE VI
ADOPTION AGREEMENT ELECTIONS

The questions in this Article VI only need to be completed in order to override the default provisions set forth below. If all of the default provisions will apply, then these questions should be skipped.

Unless the employer elects otherwise in this Article VI, the following defaults apply:

6.1
Effective Date of Plan Amendment for Section 401(a)(9) Final and Temporary Treasury Regulations.

(
)    This Amendment applies for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for distribution calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, as well as required minimum distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year that are made on or after                                                   (leave blank if this Amendment does not apply to any minimum distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year).

6.2
Election to not permit Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect 5-Year Rule.
6.3
Election to Apply 5-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries.

(
)    If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, distribution to the designated beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in the Plan, but the Participant's entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
6.4
Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions.

(
)    A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period.

This amendment has been adopted and executed this 23rd day of December, 2003.

    COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DARYL D. DAVID       
    Its:   Executive V.P.—Human Resources



QuickLinks

ARTICLE II TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION
ARTICLE III REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT'S LIFETIME
ARTICLE IV REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH
ARTICLE V DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE VI ADOPTION AGREEMENT ELECTIONS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.11.1


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

1.
Section 1.6 is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of Section 1.6:
2.
Section 2.2 is amended by replacing Section 2.2(c) with the following:



QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.12

 
   
LOGO   2003 Leadership Bonus Plan

PLAN OVERVIEW

Washington Mutual's Leadership Bonus Plan provides eligible employees in Levels 1-8 the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus based on performance. Target bonuses are set as a percentage of Earned Salary and vary by Level and job.

The plan year and performance measurement period is from January 1 through December 31. Washington Mutual must achieve a Return on Common Equity of at least 15% for any payouts to occur. No award under this plan is earned or paid until approved by Washington Mutual's Board of Directors.

PEFORMANCE METRICS AND WEIGHTS

The plan measures and rewards performance against established company-wide and individual performance metrics. In 2003, company performance is determined based on three metrics-corporate Earnings per Share (EPS), Compliance Index, and Customer Satisfaction Index. Customer Satisfaction is assessed based on internal and/or external customer surveys and is measured at the corporate, business segment, or department level, depending on Executive Committee member measurement strategies.

Each participant's target bonus is weighted as shown in the table below. Actual payouts may range from 0-150% of the target for each component.

Performance Metrics and weights by Level
Company-wide Performance Metrics

 
   
Level
  Earnings
Per Share

  Compliance Index
  Customer
Satisfaction

  Individual
Performance

Executive
Committee
  70%   15%   15%
(Corporate)
  0%

4-5

 

40%

 

15%

 

15%
(Segment or Department)

 

30%

6-8

 

30%

 

10%

 

10%
(Segment or Department)

 

50%

1


For example, a Level 7 target bonus of $10,000 would be divided according to column (A) below; a payout example in columns (B) and (C) is also included.

Example Level 7 Metric Weighting and Payout

Performance
Metric

  (A)

Target Bonus

  (B)
Example
Performance

  (C)
Example Payout
(A times B)

Earnings per Share (30%)   $ 3,000   105%   $ 3,150

Compliance Index (10%)

 

$

1,000

 

110%

 

$

1,100

Customer Satisfaction (10%)

 

$

1,000

 

90%

 

$

900

Individual Performance (50%)

 

$

5,000

 

95%

 

$

4,750

Total

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

$

9,900

COMPANY-WIDE PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Washington Mutual's Board of Directors established the following performance targets for 2003 company-wide metrics.

Earnings per Share

The Earnings per Share (EPS) metric is defined as net income divided by average number of common shares outstanding as publicly reported. The 2003 performance standards and payout range for this measure is:

 
  CORPORATE EPS*
  PAYOUT AS % OF
TARGET BONUS

   
 
    + $0.30   150 %    
    + $0.25   140      
    + $0.20   130      
    + $0.15   120      
    + $0.10   110      
    Board Target   100      
    -$0.10   90      
    -$0.20   80      
    -$0.30   70      
    -$0.40   60      
    -$0.50   50      
    -$0.51 or less   0      
*
The EPS target will be held constant as long as the average of the federal funds interest rate is ±50 basis points from that assumed in the 2003 financial plan. The positive or negative impacts of interest rate changes outside of this range may result in an adjustment in the EPS target. The Director's Human Resource Committee must approve any adjustments in targets.

2


Compliance Index

The Compliance Index is composed of three compliance-related goals and measures. The overall payout will equal the arithmetic average of the percent payouts for the three measures. However, no payout will be made if the overall average falls below 75 percent.

COMPLIANCE
GOAL

  MEASURE
  RESULT
  PERCENT
PAYOUT

  COMMENTS
HMDA Data
Quality
  Key Column
Error Rate
  2.5%
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
>5.0
  150
140
120
100
80
60
0
  Measurement will be YTD through last available month in 2003.

If any single line error rate for key column data exceeds 5%, maximum percent achievement is 100%

LMI Lending

 

WaMu LMI
Borrower
Penetration

 

22.7%
22.3
21.5
20.7
19.9
<19.9

 

150
140
120
100
80
0

 

Includes both originated and purchased/correspondent loans.

Measurement will be the arithmetic average of the penetration rates for each of the first three quarters of 2003.

Compliance
Exam

 

Compliance
Exam Rating

 

1

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

2+

 

125

 

Rating denotes leadership acknowledged in report.

 

 

Note:
Interpretation
of measures
will be by the
Board of
Directors.

 

2

 

100

 

Rating denotes significant progress and upgrade.

 

 

 

 

3+

 

90

 

Rating denotes report recognizes significant progress, but finds upgrade premature.

 

 

 

 

3

 

80

 

Rating denotes continuing problems or major new issues need to be addressed.

 

 

 

 

3-

 

0

 

Rating denotes performance has deteriorated.

Overall Payout Equals:

 

Average of
three scores
above

 

 

3


Customer Satisfaction Index

The Customer Satisfaction Index is composed of internal and/or external customer satisfaction survey results. The Quality Services Management team will work with Executive Committee members to determine for their areas:

Where customer satisfaction is measured , either at the business segment level or department level, and

Weighting between internal customer satisfaction and external customer satisfaction. This may vary by business segment.

For 2003, the scale for measuring external survey results will be changed to mirror the internal survey scoring scale, as shown below:

COMBINED INTERNAL & EXTERNAL SURVEY RESULTS
(the weighting between internal and external results may vary by business segment)

 
  Score
  Payout
   
    4.5 or above   150%    
    4.4   140%    
    4.3   130%    
    4.2   120%    
    4.1   110%    
    4.0   100%    
    3.9   90%    
    3.8   80%    
    3.7   70%    
    3.6   60%    
    3.5-3.0   50%    
    2.9 and below   50% if 20 basis point improvement    

The Quality Services Management team collects and compiles all customer satisfaction survey results during the plan year. The QSM team calculates the final scores, weightings, and payout percentages in January for the prior year. Survey scores are rounded to the nearest tenth.

Individual Performance

Payouts for individual performance are based on an evaluation by the participant's manager. In determining a performance rating, managers should consider what is actually achieved (results) in addition to how results are achieved (leadership competencies). Performance goals should be set early in the year through a collaborative process between the participant and manager.

2003 Compliance Requirements

In 2003, participants with material impact on compliance results must have at least 25% of individual performance goals devoted to compliance related measures, tailored to fit the manager's job responsibilities. Copies of compliance goals should be forwarded to the division Business Unit Compliance Officer. More information about setting compliance goals may be found at the following link: http://home.wamu.net/corpHR/GoalSettingGuide.jsp.

4


EXAMPLE LEADERSHIP BONUS CALCULATION

Name: Jane Smith
Level: 6
Earned Salary: $100,000
Target Bonus %: 25%

PERFORMANCE RESULTS AND PAYOUT AS % OF TARGET AWARD

Company Goals

  Goal
Weight
(A)

  Results
  Percent of
Target Award
Achieved
(B)

  Weighted
Target Award
Payout
(A) X (B)

Earnings per Share   30%   +$0.10   110%   33%

Compliance Index

 

10%

 

See Below

 

103.3%

 

10.3%

Customer Satisfaction

 

10%

 

3.9

 

90%

 

9%

Individual Performance

 

50%

 

Meets Rating

 

95%

 

47.5%

Total

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

99.8%

Compliance Index Payout Calculation

Compliance Index Measure

  Results
  Percent Payout
HMDA Data Quality   3.5   120%

LMI Lending

 

20.7

 

100%

Compliance Exam

 

3+

 

90%

Average:

 

103.3%

Bonus Payout Calculation

Target Bonus %

  ×
  Earned Salary
  ×
  Total Bonus
Payout %

  =
  Bonus Payout
25%   ×   $100,000   ×   99.8%   =   $24,950

OTHER PLAN DETAILS

Eligibility —Employees as of December 31 of the plan year in jobs assigned to Levels 1-8 before October 1 of the plan year who do not participate in other cash incentive or bonus plans are eligible. Contract staff and temporary employees are not eligible for this plan.

Earned Salary —Earned Salary is the base salary actually received while eligible for the plan during the plan year. Earned Salary includes sick and vacation pay, but excludes allowances, disability pay, relocation, performance bonuses, sign-on bonuses, overrides, commissions, draws, or any other type of non-salary compensation. Earned Salary is used for the calculation of target awards, which are calculated by multiplying Earned Salary by target bonus percent.

New Hires —New employees may earn a bonus award based on their Earned Salary from date of hire as documented by Human Resources.

Mid-Year Job Changes —Employees newly meeting eligibility requirements mid-plan year may earn a bonus award based on Earned Salary from the date of the Human Resources documented job change.

5



Participants transferring to a position that is eligible for a different cash incentive or bonus plan during the plan year lose eligibility for this plan and may earn a bonus award based on Earned Salary up to the last day of eligibility.

Temporary Leave of Absence —Employees on a leave of absence may earn a bonus award based on their Earned Salary during the plan year. Awards are paid as designated below.

Prorated Target Bonus —Employees who have job or status changes during the plan year that impact their target bonus percent will have their target bonus amounts based on their business days in position according to the effective date of the Human Resources approved and documented change.

Separation —Employees who:

Performance Requirements— Bonuses are awarded at the discretion of Management and the Board of Directors. As such, employees with performance problems (as determined by their Manager), including but not limited to those rated "At Risk" or "Needs Development," or who engage in conduct that violates Washington Mutual's Code of Conduct, may be determined by Management to be ineligible for all or part of any potential bonus.

Payouts— Awards under this plan are earned on the date the Board approves the payouts and are targeted to be paid in the last paycheck in January following the plan year. Participants have no right or entitlement to bonuses until the amounts are earned on the Board's approval date. Plan payments are subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings in the year paid.

Deferral— Participants eligible for the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan may defer some or all of any bonus payout subject to the provisions of that plan. Contact the Employee Service Center and request Stock Administration for enrollment information.

At-Will Employment— Nothing in the Plan is intended to modify participants' at-will employment status. Employment at Washington Mutual is subject to the mutual consent of each employee and Washington Mutual, and either party may terminate employment at any time, for any reason, without cause or prior notice.

Not A Contract— The terms and provisions of this bonus plan are not intended to be a contract, are not contractually enforceable, and are not intended to promise specific treatment in specific circumstances. Rather, they are guidelines that Washington Mutual reserves the right to amend or terminate without prior notice, and to apply and interpret within its sole discretion.

Equal Employment Opportunity— This plan is administered and bonus compensation paid on an equal opportunity basis without regard to race, religion, sex, age, national origin, physical or mental disability, marital status, sexual orientation, or any other characteristic that is protected by applicable law.

6



Prohibition against Commissions —It is Washington Mutual policy that no officer or employee who has or exercises final authority with respect to any loan or investment shall receive any commission on such loan or investment. "Commission" is defined as compensation that varies in amount proportionately to the amount of such loan or investment. The purpose of this policy is to avoid creating incentives for such decision-makers to offer or approve imprudently large loans or investments.

Acknowledgement of Terms and Conditions— By participating in and accepting compensation under this plan, participants agree that if a dispute arises concerning the application or interpretation of the plan or any compensation paid under the plan, and if the dispute results in litigation or arbitration, the substantially prevailing party in any such arbitration or litigation shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney's fees and costs.

7





QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.44.1


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU PLAN

        1.     Section 1.8 of the February 2001 WaMu Shares Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of that section:

        2.     Section 4.6 is hereby amended by replacing the word "Board" with the word "Committee."




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.44.2


AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO THE FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES PLAN

        On July 16, 2002, the Board of Directors of Washington Mutual, Inc. ("Company") approved an additional grant of options to purchase 4,497,900 shares under the Plan and amended the February 2001 WaMu Shares Plan ("Plan"). Whereas the minutes of the Board meeting reflect the Board's intent to authorize an additional 4,497,900 shares of stock under the Plan, the following amendment to the Plan is necessary to carry out that intent and is hereby adopted:

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Washington Mutual, Inc., acting through the undersigned authorized representative, has executed this Amendment effective as of the 16 th day of July, 2002.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL INC

 

 

/s/  
DARYL D. DAVID       
Daryl D. David
Executive Vice President, Human Resources



QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.44.3


AMENDMENTS TO THE JANUARY 1999 WAMU SHARES PLAN
AND THE
FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES PLAN
(COLLECTIVELY, THE "PLANS")

RECITALS

         WHEREAS, the Company anticipates granting stock options in December 2002, including to Level 1-8 employees (the "2002 Grant"), under the terms of the Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Plan"); and

         WHEREAS, the 2002 Grant will consist of incentive stock options and of nonqualified stock options to the extent necessary because of the $100,000 limitation on incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has previously adopted the January 1999 WaMu Shares Plan and the February 2001 WaMu Shares Plan (collectively, the "Plans") as nonshareholder-approved plans to provide nonqualified stock options to all employees who were not participants under the 1994 Plan and for certain other discretionary grants; and

         WHEREAS, there are significant reserves of shares available for grant as nonqualified stock options in the Plans and the Company desires to use such reserves in the Plans to grant nonqualified stock options in connection with the 2002 Grant;

         NOW, THEREFORE , IT IS RESOLVED, that the January 1999 WaMu Shares Plan is hereby amended as follows:

        Section 1.8 is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of that section:

        Section 1.15 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        The first sentence of Section 4.3 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        The introductory phrase to Section 4.4 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        Section 4.5 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:


        Section 4.6 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        Section 6.3 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        A new Section 7.5 is added as follows:

2


         RESOLVED , FURTHER, that the February 2001 WaMu Shares Plan is hereby amended as follows:

        Section 1.8 is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of that section:

        Section 1.15 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        The first sentence of Section 4.3 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        The introductory phrase to Section 4.4 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        Section 4.5 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        Section 4.6 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

3


        Section 6.3 is deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

        A new Section 7.5 is added as follows:

         RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the officers of the Company are hereby directed and authorized to amend and restate the Plans to incorporate all of the above amendments;

         RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the Board hereby authorizes the officers of the Company, or any of them, to take any and all actions and do any and all things on behalf of the Company that such officers may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions, and the taking of any and all such actions and the performance of any and all such things in connection with the foregoing shall conclusively establish such officers' authority therefor from the Company and the approval and ratification thereof by the Board.

4


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto subscribed my name this 3rd day of January, 2003.

    /s/   WILLIAM L. LYNCH       
William L. Lynch,
Secretary

5




QuickLinks

AMENDMENTS TO THE JANUARY 1999 WAMU SHARES PLAN AND THE FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE "PLANS")

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 12.1


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Earnings, including interest on deposits(1):                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829   $ 2,765  
Fixed charges     4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330     7,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 10,716   $ 11,848   $ 12,897   $ 12,159   $ 10,286  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges(1):                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269   $ 7,461  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     153     116     92     61     60  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 4,687   $ 5,842   $ 8,071   $ 9,330   $ 7,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)     2.29     2.03     1.60     1.30     1.37  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits(1):                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829   $ 2,765  
Fixed charges     2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051     4,362  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 8,551   $ 9,187   $ 9,816   $ 8,880   $ 7,127  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges(1):                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269   $ 7,461  
  Less: interest on deposits     (2,165 )   (2,661 )   (3,081 )   (3,279 )   (3,159 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     153     116     92     61     60  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 2,522   $ 3,181   $ 4,990   $ 6,051   $ 4,362  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)     3.39     2.89     1.97     1.47     1.63  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.

(2)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 12.2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Earnings, including interest on deposits(1):                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829   $ 2,765  
Fixed charges     4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330     7,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 10,716   $ 11,848   $ 12,897   $ 12,159   $ 10,286  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividend requirement   $   $ 5   $ 7   $   $  
Ratio of income from continuing operations before income tax expense to net income from continuing operations     1.59     1.59     1.59     1.58     1.59  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends(2)   $   $ 8   $ 11   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges(1):                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269   $ 7,461  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     153     116     92     61     60  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330     7,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 4,687   $ 5,850   $ 8,082   $ 9,330   $ 7,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends(3)     2.29     2.03     1.60     1.30     1.37  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits(1):                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829   $ 2,765  
Fixed charges     2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051     4,362  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 8,551   $ 9,187   $ 9,816   $ 8,880   $ 7,127  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends(2)   $   $ 8   $ 11   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges(1):                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269   $ 7,461  
  Less: interest on deposits     (2,165 )   (2,661 )   (3,081 )   (3,279 )   (3,159 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     153     116     92     61     60  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051     4,362  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 2,522   $ 3,189   $ 5,001   $ 6,051   $ 4,362  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends(3)     3.39     2.88     1.96     1.47     1.63  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.

(2)
The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.

(3)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUBSIDIARY LISTING

WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK

Chartered under the laws of the State of Washington

NEW AMERICAN CAPITAL, INC., a Delaware corporation

DBA:
Washington Mutual Bank, FA
(Federally chartered under the laws of the United States)



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-23221, 333-52785, 333-81221, 333-47308, and 333-68624 on Form S-4; Registration Statement Nos. 033-86840, 333-40928, 333-69503, 333-87675, 333-74646, 333-76834, and 333-106672 on Form S-8; and Registration Statement Nos. 333-63976, 333-67988, 333-102991, and 333-109921 on Form S-3 of Washington Mutual, Inc. of our report dated February 16, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs relating to Washington Mutual, Inc.'s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , on January 1, 2002; SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions , on October 1, 2002; and the restatement of the 2002 and 2001 financial statements), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2003.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
March 15, 2004




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1


CERTIFICATION

I, Kerry K. Killinger, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(c)
Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2004   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2


CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(c)
Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2004   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Kerry K. Killinger, the Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: March 15, 2004   By: /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Thomas W. Casey, the Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: March 15, 2004   By: /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. Certification of the Chief Financial Officer